Debt, DPLTA obligations shape outlook for Adtran Holdings (NASDAQ: ADTN)
Adtran Holdings, Inc. files its annual report describing a global broadband networking business focused on fiber-based access, optical transport and AI-driven software and services. The company operates two segments, Network Solutions and Services & Support, serving service providers, enterprises and governments worldwide.
Adtran highlights an extensive product portfolio spanning subscriber, access & aggregation, and optical networking solutions, supported by significant R&D investment of $204.3 million in 2025. As of December 31, 2025, it employed 3,338 people across 34 countries and maintains major operations in the U.S. and Europe.
The report stresses substantial risks: material indebtedness including a $201.3 million 3.75% convertible note due 2030, borrowings under a Wells Fargo credit facility, and sizeable cash obligations under a German Domination and Profit and Loss Transfer Agreement that may require recurring payments or large exit compensation to Adtran Networks minority shareholders. Management also discloses prior restatements and material weaknesses in internal control, intense competition, supply-chain and tariff exposure, and broad regulatory, cybersecurity, AI and industry risks that could pressure liquidity, profitability and stock price.
Positive
- None.
Negative
- None.
Insights
Adtran combines a capital‑intensive growth strategy with significant structural obligations and leverage risk.
Adtran positions itself as a full-stack fiber and optical networking supplier with recurring software and services, supported by global R&D spending of
The balance sheet carries notable structural burdens. The company has a Wells Fargo revolving credit facility with covenants that have already produced events of default, and
These obligations, combined with potential court-ordered increases to DPLTA payouts and exposure to tariffs, create elevated liquidity and refinancing risk if revenue growth stalls. Investors will need to closely evaluate future disclosures on covenant compliance, additional Adtran Networks share tenders, and any changes in leverage under the credit facility and notes as the
12liability of warranty
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549.
FORM
For the Fiscal Year Ended
For the Transition Period from to
Commission file number
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
||
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) |
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) |
|
(Zip code) |
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class |
|
Trading Symbol(s) |
|
Name of each exchange on which registered |
|
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulations S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
|
☒ |
|
Accelerated Filer |
|
☐ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-accelerated Filer |
|
☐ |
|
Smaller Reporting Company |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emerging growth company |
|
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b).
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No
The aggregate market value of the registrant's outstanding common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2025 was $
There were
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the registrant's 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed within 120 days of the registrant's fiscal year-end are incorporated herein by reference into Part III of this report to the extent described in Part III.
ADTRAN Holdings, Inc.
Annual Report on Form 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2025
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
Page Number |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factor Summary |
|
3 |
|
|
Glossary of Selected Terms |
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PART I |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 1. |
|
Business |
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
Item 1A. |
|
Risk Factors |
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
Item 1B. |
|
Unresolved Staff Comments |
|
46 |
|
|
|
|
|
Item 1C. |
|
Cybersecurity |
|
46 |
|
|
|
|
|
Item 2. |
|
Properties |
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
|
Item 3. |
|
Legal Proceedings |
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
|
Item 4. |
|
Mine Safety Disclosures |
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PART II |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 5. |
|
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities |
|
48 |
|
|
|
|
|
Item 6. |
|
[Reserved] |
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
Item 7. |
|
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
Item 7A. |
|
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk |
|
68 |
|
|
|
|
|
Item 8. |
|
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data |
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
|
Item 9. |
|
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure |
|
115 |
|
|
|
|
|
Item 9A. |
|
Controls and Procedures |
|
115 |
|
|
|
|
|
Item 9B |
|
Other Information |
|
117 |
|
|
|
|
|
Item 9C |
|
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections |
|
117 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PART III |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 10. |
|
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance |
|
118 |
|
|
|
|
|
Item 11. |
|
Executive Compensation |
|
118 |
|
|
|
|
|
Item 12. |
|
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
|
119 |
|
|
|
|
|
Item 13. |
|
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence |
|
119 |
|
|
|
|
|
Item 14. |
|
Principal Accountant Fees and Services |
|
119 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PART IV |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 15. |
|
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules |
|
120 |
|
|
|
|
|
Item 16. |
|
Form 10-K Summary |
|
125 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SIGNATURES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
GENERAL
We own or have rights to trademarks, service marks or trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. In addition, our names, logos and website names and addresses are owned by us or licensed by us. We also own or have the rights to copyrights that protect the content of our solutions. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights referred to in this report are listed without the ©, ® and symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights.
This report may include trademarks, service marks or trade names of other companies. Our use or display of other parties’ trademarks, service marks, trade names or products is not intended to, and does not imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, the trademark, service mark or trade name owners.
***
Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this report concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate is based on information from independent industry and research organizations, other third-party sources (including industry publications, surveys and forecasts), and management estimates. Management estimates are derived from publicly available information released by independent industry analysts and third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research, and are based on assumptions made by us upon reviewing such data and our knowledge of such industry and markets that we believe to be reasonable. Although we believe the data from these third-party sources is reliable, we have not independently verified any third-party information.
2
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND RISK FACTOR SUMMARY
The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a safe harbor for forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of Adtran. Adtran and its representatives may from time to time make written or oral forward-looking statements, including statements contained in this report, our other filings with the SEC and other communications with our stockholders. Any statement that does not directly relate to a historical or current fact is a forward-looking statement. Generally, the words “believe”, “expect”, “intend”, “estimate”, “anticipate”, “would”, “will”, “may”, “might”, “could”, “should”, “can”, “future”, “assume”, “plan”, “seek”, “predict”, “potential”, “objective”, “expect”, “target”, “project”, “outlook”, “forecast” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. We caution you that any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf are subject to uncertainties and other factors that could affect the accuracy of such statements. Forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations, as well as certain assumptions and estimates made by, and information available to, management at the time the statements are made. Those statements are based on general assumptions and are subject to various risks, and because they also relate to the future, they are likewise subject to inherent uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from the views, beliefs and projections expressed in such statements. These risks, uncertainties and other factors include, but are not limited to, the risks identified in Item 1A. “Risk Factors” of this report and those described below:
Risks related to our financial results and Company success
3
Risks related to our control environment
Risks related to the telecommunications industry
4
Risks related to the Company's stock price
Risks Related to our Convertible Senior Notes (the “2030 Notes” or the “Notes”) and Capped Call Transactions (the “Capped Calls”)
Risks related to the regulatory environments in which we do business
We caution investors that other factors may prove to be important in the future in affecting our operating results. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of these factors, nor can we assess the impact each factor, or a combination of factors, may have on our business.
You are further cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements because they speak only of our views as of the date that the statements were made. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
5
GLOSSARY OF SELECTED TERMS
Below are certain acronyms, concepts and defined terms commonly used in our industry and in this report along with their meanings:
Acronym/Concept/ Defined Term |
Meaning |
ACI-E |
Access Integrator Ethernet |
Adtran Networks |
Adtran Networks SE, a European stock corporation incorporated under the laws of the EU and Germany, and a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company |
Adtran GmbH |
Adtran Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung; Limited liability subsidiary of Adtran, Inc. in Germany |
ALM |
Active line monitoring |
AI |
Artificial Intelligence |
AOE |
Adtran Operational Environment (Adtran EMS) |
APAC |
Asia Pacific |
ASU |
Accounting Standards Update |
ATIS |
Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions; Standards organization that develops technical and operational standards and solutions for the information and technology industry |
BBF |
Broadband Forum |
Carrier |
Entity that provides voice, data or video services to consumers and businesses |
CBAM |
Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism |
COSO |
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission |
CPE |
Customer-Premises Equipment |
CSRD |
Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive |
C-TPAT |
U.S. Customs Trade Partnership Against Terrorism |
DPLTA |
Domination and Profit and Loss Transfer Agreement |
DPU |
Distribution Point Unit |
DSL |
Digital Subscriber Line |
DSO |
Days Sales Outstanding |
EMEA |
Europe, Middle East and Africa |
EPON |
Ethernet PON |
ESPR |
Environmentally Sustainable Products Regulation |
Ethernet |
Means of connecting computers over a LAN (as defined below) |
ETSI |
European Telecommunications Standards Institute |
EU |
European Union |
FCPA |
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act |
FOB |
Free on Board |
FTTN |
Fiber to the Node |
GDPR |
General Data Protection Regulation |
Gfast |
DSL protocol standard for local loops (telephone lines) shorter than 500 meters with performance targets between 100 Mbps (as defined below) and 1 gigabit per second, depending on loop length |
GILTI |
Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income is a U.S. tax provision (IRC §951A) under the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act |
GPON |
Gigabit PON |
hiX |
Adtran Multiservice Access Platform sold in the EU |
Hyper-scalers |
Major cloud service providers operating massive, scalable data centers |
ICT |
Information and Communications Technology |
6
IoT |
Internet of Things |
IP |
Internet Protocol |
ISDA |
International Swaps and Derivatives Association |
ISO |
International Organization for Standardization |
ITU-T |
International Telecommunication Union – Telecommunication Standardization Sector |
LAN |
Local Area Network |
Mbps |
Megabits Per Second |
MDU Connectivity |
Managed, high-speed fiber or Wi-Fi systems for multi-dwelling units |
MEF |
Metro Ethernet Forum |
MSO |
Multiple System Operator |
MSP
|
Managed Service Provider |
NASDAQ |
National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations, an American stock exchange based in New York City |
Neocloud |
Cloud providers specialized in providing GPU-as-a-Service for AI, machine learning, and high-performance computing |
Net CFC Tested Income |
Net controlled foreign corporations tested income, under IRC §951A, is the aggregate of a U.S. shareholder's pro rata share of tested income from controlled foreign corporations, reduced by their share of tested losses |
ODM |
Original Design Manufacturer |
OLT |
Optical Line Terminal |
ONE |
Optical Networking Edge |
ONT |
Optical Network Terminal |
Operator |
Entity that provides voice, data or video services to consumers and businesses |
OS |
Operating System |
OTT |
Over the Top |
PCAOB |
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board |
PON |
Passive Optical Network |
PSU |
Performance Stock Unit |
RNCI |
Redeemable Non-Controlling Interest |
RSU |
Restricted Stock Unit |
SaaS |
Software-as-a-Service |
SDG |
Service Delivery Gateway |
SDN |
Software Defined Networking |
SDX |
Software Defined Everything |
SDO |
Standards Developing Organizations |
SEC |
Securities and Exchange Commission |
Service Provider or SP |
An entity that provides voice, data or video services to consumers and businesses |
SLA |
Service Level Agreement |
SMB |
Small- to Medium-sized Business |
SOFR |
Secured Overnight Financing Rate |
System Integrator or SI |
Person or company that specializes in bringing together component subsystems into a whole and ensuring that those subsystems function together |
TIA |
Telecommunications Industry Association |
TIP |
Telecom Infra-Project |
7
TL 9000 |
Standard developed by and for the ICT industry to drive consistency in the quality of products and services down the supply chain through the implementation of a common body of QMS requirements and defined performance-based measurements |
U.K. |
United Kingdom |
U.S. |
United States |
VAR |
Value-Added Reseller |
VoIP |
Voice over IP |
WEEE |
Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment directive |
Wi-Fi |
Family of wireless network protocols, based on the IEEE 802.11 family of standards, which are commonly used for LAN of devices and Internet access |
XGS-PON |
Updated standard for PONs that can support 10 Gbps symmetrical data transfer |
8
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Company Overview
ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. (“Adtran” or the “Company”) is a leading global provider of networking and communications platforms, software, systems and services focused on the metro optical transport, data center interconnect, and broadband access market, serving a diverse domestic and international customer base in multiple countries that includes large, medium and small Service Providers, alternative Service Providers, such as utilities, municipalities and fiber overbuilders, cable/MSOs, SMBs and distributed enterprises, including Fortune 500 companies with sophisticated business continuity applications; hyper-scalers, neocloud and content providers and data center companies; and federal, state and local government agencies.
We are focused on being a top global supplier of fiber-based communications infrastructure and AI-driven operations including SaaS applications spanning from the network core to the cloud edge (data centers) to the subscriber edge (customer premises) serving both the residential and enterprise connectivity markets, including fiber-based infrastructure for mobile networks. We offer a broad portfolio of flexible network infrastructure solutions, customer premises equipment, software applications, and global services and support that enable Service Providers to meet their service demands now and in the future. These products and services enable Service Providers to transition to a common network supporting the simplified delivery of high-capacity services, regardless of subscriber density, network topology and infrastructure diversity. We support our customers through our direct global sales organization and our distribution networks. Our success depends upon our ability to have customers adopt our technology, and increase unit volume and market share through the introduction of new products and succeeding generations of products having optimal selling prices and increased functionality as compared to both the prior generation of a product and to the products of competitors in order to gain market share. To service our customers and grow revenue, we are continually conducting research and developing new products addressing customer needs and testing those products for the specific requirements of the particular customers.
We solely own ADTRAN, Inc. and are the majority shareholder of Adtran Networks. ADTRAN, Inc. is a leading global provider of open, disaggregated networking and communications solutions. Adtran Networks is a global provider of network solutions for data, storage, voice and video services. We believe that the combined technology portfolio can best address current and future customer needs for high-speed connectivity from the network core to the end consumer, especially upon the convergence of solutions at the network edge.
We operate in two business segments: (1) Network Solutions, which includes hardware and software products, and (2) Services & Support, which includes a portfolio of network design and implementation services, support services and AI-driven operations including cloud-hosted SaaS applications that complement our product portfolio and can also be utilized to support other platforms. These two segments span across our three revenue categories: (1) Subscriber Solutions, (2) Access & Aggregation Solutions and (3) Optical Networking Solutions. See "Reportable Segments" below for a detailed discussion of these reportable segments and revenue categories.
We began operations in January 1986. Our global headquarters are located at Cummings Research Park in Huntsville, Alabama, the second largest research park in the U.S. and fourth largest in the world. Our European headquarters are located in Munich, Germany, and we have sales and research and development facilities in strategic global locations. Our mailing address is 901 Explorer Boulevard, Huntsville, Alabama, 35806. Our telephone number at that location is (800) 923-8726. Our website is www.adtran.com. The information found on our website is not incorporated by reference in this report or any other report that we file or furnish to the SEC.
Domination and Profit and Loss Transfer Agreement
The DPLTA between the Company, as the controlling company, and Adtran Networks, as the controlled company, was executed on December 1, 2022 in connection with the Company’s business combination with Adtran Networks, and became effective on January 16, 2023. Pursuant to the DPLTA, the Company has effective control over Adtran Networks subject to the terms of DPLTA. For more information on the DPLTA, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Adtran Networks Domination and Profit and Loss Transfer Agreement” in Part II, Item 7 of this report.
9
Reportable Segments
Our business operates two reportable segments: (1) Network Solutions and (2) Services & Support. We review our financial performance, specifically revenue and gross profit, based on these two segments.
Network Solutions Segment
The Network Solutions segment includes hardware and software products that enable a digital future which support the Company's Subscriber, Access and Aggregation, and Optical Networking Solutions. The Company's cloud-managed Wi-Fi gateways, virtualization software, and switches provide a mix of wired and wireless connectivity at the customer premises. In addition, its Carrier Ethernet products support a variety of applications at the network edge ranging from mobile backhaul to connecting enterprise customers (“Subscriber Solutions"). The Company's portfolio includes products for multi-gigabit service delivery over fiber or alternative media to homes and businesses.
Services & Support Segment
The Services & Support segment offers a comprehensive portfolio of network design, implementation, maintenance and cloud-hosted services supporting its Subscriber, Access & Aggregation, and Optical Networking Solutions. These services assist operators in the deployment of multi-vendor networks while reducing their cost to maintain these networks. The cloud-hosted services include a suite of SaaS applications under the Company's Mosaic One platform that manages end-to-end network and service optimization for both fiber access infrastructure and mesh Wi-Fi connectivity, featuring AI-driven operations. The Company backs these services with a global support organization that offers on-site and off-site support services with varying SLAs.
Revenue Categories
In addition to our two reportable segments, we also report revenue across three categories – Subscriber Solutions, Access & Aggregation Solutions and Optical Networking Solutions.

Our Subscriber Solutions portfolio is used by Service Providers to terminate their access services infrastructure at the customer's premises while providing an immersive and interactive experience for residential, business and wholesale subscribers. This revenue category includes hardware- and software-based products and services. These solutions include fiber termination solutions for residential, business and wholesale subscribers, Wi-Fi access solutions for residential and business subscribers, Ethernet switching and network edge virtualization solutions for business subscribers, and cloud software solutions covering a mix of subscriber types.
10
The Subscriber Solutions category includes the following products, software and services:
Residential Gateways ("RGs"): • Residential Gateways
|
Optical Networking Terminals ("ONTs"): • GPON/XGS-PON ONTs |
Enterprise Connectivity: • Routers • Switches |
Edge Compute: • Edge Cloud (VEC) |
Carrier Ethernet Network Interface Devices ("CE NIDs"): • FSP 150-GE110 • FSP 150-XG100 • FSP 150-XG210 • FSP 150-XG300 • FSP 150-XG400-NIDs |
Software: • Mosaic One SaaS applications • n-Command • Procloud
|
Service: • Build • Care • Training • Professional Services • Software Services • Managed Services |
|
11
Our Access & Aggregation Solutions category represents solutions that are used by communications Service Providers to connect residential subscribers, business subscribers and mobile radio networks to the Service Providers’ metro network, primarily through fiber-based connectivity. This revenue category includes hardware- and software-based products and services. Our solutions within this category are a mix of fiber access and aggregation platforms, precision network synchronization and timing solutions, and access orchestration solutions that ensure highly reliable and efficient network performance.
The Access & Aggregation category includes the following products, software and services:
Optical Line Terminals: • TA5000 OLT • SDX OLT • EPON OLT • Pluggable Optics |
Copper Access: • Gfast DPUs • hiX • Total Access FTTN • Traditional Broadband
|
Packet Aggregation: • FSF 150-XG400 Aggregators • SDX Aggregation • Activator |
Software: • MCP • AOE and ACI-E • Ensemble Activator • Mosaic One SaaS Applications • Mosaic Network Controller |
Oscilloquartz: • Cesium clocks • GNSS and LEO clocks • Embedded timing solutions • PIP grandmasters and NTP server clocks • Time scale systems • Synchronization monitoring • PTP clients and boundary clocks • NTP network time servers • Network management systems |
Service: • Build • Care • Training • Professional Services • Software Services • Managed Services
|
12
Our Optical Networking Solutions are used by communications Service Providers, internet content providers and large-scale enterprises to securely interconnect metro and regional networks over fiber. This revenue category includes hardware- and software-based products and services. Our solutions within this category include open optical terminals, open line systems, optical subsystems and modules, network infrastructure assurance systems, and automation platforms that are used to build high-scale, secure and assured optical networks.
The Optical Networking Solutions category includes the following products, software and services:
Optical Transport: • FSP 3000
|
Optical Engines: • AOE Coherent Pluggables • AOE MicroMux • AOE AccessWave |
Infrastructure Monitoring: • ALM Fiber Monitoring
|
Software: • Mosaic Network Controller
|
Services: • Build • Care • Training • Professional Services • Software Services • Managed Services
|
|
13
Industry Overview
The global growth of the cloud and mobility (5G), industrial applications, AI, home office and mobile working are accelerating the demand for more bandwidth, requiring more flexible provisioning of telecommunications services and more precise network synchronization. Communications Service Providers' investment in their networks is being driven by the pursuit of growth in subscriber acquisition, retention, and average revenue per user, as well as by the aims of streamlining operations, lowering energy consumption and improving their overall sustainability. Drivers facilitating this network investment cycle include the evolution of government funding programs, private equity infrastructure investment appetite, regulatory broadband policies, competition and ever-increasing subscriber demand for higher-speed broadband.
Subscriber demand for greater bandwidth continues to increase as connectivity is being woven ever more tightly into the fabric of everyone’s day-to-day lives. Specifically, subscriber demand for greater bandwidth is being driven by increasing numbers of connected devices, shifting working arrangements, the transition of entertainment over to OTT video, and the evolution of gaming platforms towards subscription models where new hybrids of download and streaming are emerging globally. This is further compounded by the rapid adoption of AI, the prevalence of IoT and the increasing transition of applications over to cloud-based services and internet applications where recurring revenues replace one-time sales. Performance and user satisfaction are directly related to bandwidth availability and service robustness. As the demand for high-definition video and game streaming services, symmetric bandwidth for online collaboration, lower latency for interactive AI and cloud applications and smart home video surveillance applications continue to increase, so too does the need increase for fiber-based broadband to be in every home and business.
In order to satisfy these complex requirements and deliver on the efficiency improvements demanded by operators, communications Service Providers are transitioning to full fiber access networks.
We aim to serve as a trusted partner to our customers. Working side-by-side with our customers, we assist them with maximizing the performance of their networks by providing a flexible path for their networks to evolve cost-effectively over to full fiber while availing themselves of the benefits that web-scale architectures deliver and helping to further monetize their investments.
Our Strategy
Our strategy is to provide innovative and cost-effective solutions for our customers that enable them to address their increasing broadband demand. Our solutions focus on technology transformations that are happening in broadband network infrastructure, home and business CPE and software platforms, and services needed to help our customers address increasing complexity while scaling to meet increasing consumer demands.
We aspire to be one of the top communication technology players in the world and an innovation leader around the converged edge, enabling the intelligent, self-optimizing, fiber-everywhere future. We plan to achieve this goal through innovation in network, home and business technology paired with a customer-focused organizational structure that tailors solutions to meet the needs of our target customers. We have one of the most comprehensive solutions portfolios that empowers operators to build a converged infrastructure from the metro core to the customer premise, serving all networking applications for residential, business, wholesale and mobile users. We take an approach to our portfolio in which we are focused in specific markets where we can offer competitive differentiation and scale while also having enough diversity and breadth in the portfolio to provide end-to-end connectivity solutions that offer value to our customers. More specifically, our corporate strategy consists of the following elements:
14
Customers
We have a diverse global customer base that includes large, medium and small Service Providers, alternative Service Providers, such as utilities, municipalities and fiber overbuilders; cable/MSOs; SMBs and distributed enterprises.
During 2025, we had one customer who comprised greater than 10.0% of our revenue, which was an international Service Provider, and our next five largest customers comprised 20.4% of our revenue. Additionally, our revenue in the U.S., U.K. and Germany each comprised more than 10% of our revenue in 2025. The revenue from this Service Provider and these countries is reported in both our Network Solutions and Services & Support segments.
Distribution, Sales and Marketing
We sell our products through our direct sales organization and our distribution network. Our direct sales organization supports major accounts and has offices in global locations. Sales to most smaller and independent telecom companies are fulfilled through a combination of direct sales and distributors. Our service offerings can be purchased directly from us or through one of our Service Providers, channel partners or distribution partners.
Before placing an order, Service Providers typically require lengthy product qualification and standardization processes that can extend for several months or even years. Once approved, product orders are typically placed under single or multi-year supply agreements that are generally not subject to minimum volume commitments. Service Providers generally prefer having two or more suppliers for most products. Therefore, individual orders are usually subject to competitive combinations of total value, service, price, delivery and other terms.
Orders for end-user products are fulfilled through a combination of direct sales and distributors. This is supported by a direct sales organization for major accounts and a channel-based sales organization to facilitate sales to our partners. MSPs, VARs and SIs may be affiliated with us as channel partners, or they may purchase from a distributor in an unaffiliated fashion. Affiliated partners participate with us at various program levels, based on sales volume and other factors, to receive benefits such as product discounts, market development funds, technical support and training.
Outside of the U.S., most Service Provider products are sold through our direct sales organization and end-user products are sold direct or through distribution arrangements customized for each region. Some regions are supported from a field office that offers sales and support functions, and in some cases, warehousing and manufacturing support. Our field sales organizations, distributors and Service Provider customers receive support from regional-based marketing, sales and customer support groups.
Our marketing organization promotes all brands associated with us to key stakeholders, including customers, partners and prospects worldwide. Our product marketing and management teams work with our engineering teams to develop and promote new products and services, as well as product enhancements.
Research and Development
Rapidly changing technologies, evolving industry standards, changing customer requirements, supply constraints and continuing developments in communications service offerings characterize the markets for our products. Our on-going ability to adapt to these changes and to develop new and enhanced products that meet or anticipate market demand is the main factor influencing our competitive position and our ability to grow.
Our product development activities are a central part of our strategy. We plan to maintain our emphasis on product development to enable us to respond to rapidly changing technology and evolving industry standards. Our research and development and engineering functions are global. We maintain research and development functions at multiple sites in the U.S., Europe, Israel and Asia. During the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, research and development expenditures totaled $204.3 million, $221.5 million and $258.3 million, respectively.
While we develop the majority of our products internally, we also leverage partners for some solutions. Additionally, we license intellectual property or acquire technologies. Internal development on advanced technology products gives us more control over design and manufacturing issues, while for traditional designs, ODM and/or licensed intellectual property provides us with the ability to leverage the economies of scale of our technology partners.
As we continue to create more software-based intellectual property, such as our SDN/Edge Cloud portfolio, our use of lean agile practices in research and development ensures we remain responsive and customer-focused. We believe that this enables us to deliver products faster, at higher quality and more economically to our customers and the market on a continuous basis.
Our ability to continually reduce product costs, while focusing on delivery and quality, are important parts of our overall business strategy. Our product development efforts are often centered on entering a market with improved technology, which we believe enables us to offer products at competitive prices and compete for market share.
15
Development activities focus on solutions that support both existing and emerging communications industry technologies in segments that we consider viable revenue opportunities. We are actively engaged in developing and refining technologies to support data, voice and video transport primarily over IP/Ethernet and optical network architectures. This includes optical transport, packet demarcation and aggregation, synchronization and fiber-optic access, DSL, access routing, ethernet switching, wireless LANs, integrated access, converged services, VoIP, network management and professional services. In addition, we focus on vertical optical technologies like Silicon Photonics, as well as microelectronics in order to differentiate and fully control the vertical value stack of our solutions. During 2025, we launched many new products, including an auto-tunable 50G C-band pluggable transceiver, expanded our Wi-Fi 7 portfolio with SDG 9000 Series for residential, small business and MDU connectivity, and launched the new FSP 3000 OLS solution. We also continued to advance our software and AI strategy through the Mosaic One platform.
Our research function and advanced technology team is driving many specific research projects in the fields of sustainable optical transmission, security, quantum communications, SDN and access technologies. This research fosters differentiated product concepts and guides our various product design and engineering teams in IPR creation, industry and network standards and technological forecasting.
We are an active participant in several SDOs and have assisted with the development of worldwide standards in many technologies. Our SDO activities are primarily in the areas of broadband access, optical networking and synchronization. This includes involvement with standard-setting bodies such as the ITU-T, ATIS, ETSI and the BBF. We are involved in the evolution of optical access technologies on next-generation PON. We also continue to be involved in driving optical networking, synchronization and SDN standardization and participate in industry-wide interoperability, performance-testing and system-level projects related to those standards in BBF. We are also members of MEF, TIA, CableLabs and TIP.
Manufacturing and Operations
The principal steps in our manufacturing process include the purchase and management of materials, assembly, testing, final inspection, packing and shipping. We purchase parts and components for the assembly of some products from a large number of suppliers through a worldwide sourcing program. Additionally, we manage a process that identifies the components that are best purchased directly by contract manufacturers for use in the assembly of our products to achieve manufacturing efficiency, quality and cost objectives. Certain key components used in our products are currently available from a single source, and other key components are available from only a limited number of sources. In the past, we have experienced delays in the receipt of certain key components, which has resulted in delays in related product deliveries. We attempt to manage these risks through developing alternative sources, by staging inventories at strategic locations, through engineering efforts designed to prevent the necessity of certain components and by maintaining close contact and building long-term relationships with our suppliers.
We rely on subcontractors for the assembly and testing of certain printed circuit board assemblies, sub-assemblies, chassis, enclosures and equipment shelves, and to purchase some of the raw materials used in such assemblies. We typically manufacture our lower-volume, higher-mix products and build and test product prototypes and many of our initial production units at our manufacturing site in Huntsville, Alabama. We later transfer the production of higher-volume, lower-mix assemblies to our subcontractors. Subcontract assembly operations can lengthen fulfillment cycle times, but we believe we can respond more rapidly to uncertainties in incoming order rates by selecting assembly subcontractors that have significant reserve capacity and flexibility. Our subcontractors have generally proven to be flexible and able to meet our quality requirements.
We ship the majority of products to our U.S. customers from our facilities in Huntsville, Alabama. The majority of international customers are being served from our logistics hubs in Meiningen, Germany and York, United Kingdom. We also ship directly from subcontractors to a number of customers in the U.S. and international locations. Most of our facilities are certified pursuant to the most current releases of ISO 9001, TL 9000, ISO 14001 and ISO 27001. Our Huntsville, Alabama facilities and many of our key suppliers are C-TPAT certified. Our products are also certified to certain other customers' industry and privacy standards, including those relating to the emission of electromagnetic energy and safety specifications.
Our dependence on a limited number of suppliers for certain raw materials, key components and ODM products, has prevented and may in the future prevent us from delivering our products on a timely basis, which has had and may continue to have a material adverse effect on operating results and could have a material adverse effect on customer relations. Recently, the Company has experienced increased costs on imports of certain critical raw minerals and derivative products relevant to our business and products due to tariffs imposed by the U.S. government and other nations. The availability, timing and amount of any potential refunds of such tariffs remain unclear. Moreover, although the Company has been able to substantially mitigate the impact of tariffs that have been enacted to date, if additional tariffs and reciprocal tariffs are implemented (whether as currently proposed or otherwise), such actions could have a negative effect on our financial results, including our revenue and profitability.
Competition
We compete in markets for networking and communications services and solutions for Service Providers, businesses, government agencies and other organizations worldwide. Our products and services provide solutions supporting voice, data and video communications across fiber-, copper-, and wireless-based infrastructure, as well as across wide area networks, LANs and the internet.
16
We compete with a number of companies in the markets we serve. In the Subscriber Solutions category, our primary competitors include Calix, Ciena, Nokia, eero, RAD, and a growing number of Asian based ODM's selling direct to carriers. In our Access & Aggregation solutions category, key competitors include Nokia, Calix, Vecima, Harmonic and Microchip. Main competitors of our Optical Networking solutions portfolio are Ciena, Cisco, Ekinops, Nokia, Smartoptics and Ribbon Communications. Within our key target markets, we also compete less often with designated "high-risk vendors" such as Huawei and ZTE Corporation.
Across our markets and segments, the principal competitive factors can include, among others:
Seasonality
We experience quarterly fluctuations in our revenue that occur due to many factors, including the varying budget cycles and seasonal buying patterns of our customers. More specifically, our customers tend to spend less in the first fiscal quarter as they are finalizing their annual capital spending budgets. These seasonal effects may continue to vary and do not always correlate to our operating results. Accordingly, they should not be considered a reliable indicator of our future revenue or operating results.
Foreign Currency
Transactions with customers that are denominated in foreign currencies are recorded using the appropriate exchange rates from throughout the year. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are remeasured at the balance sheet dates using the closing rates of exchange between those foreign currencies and the functional currency with any transaction gains or losses reported in other income, net. Our primary exposures to foreign currency exchange rate movements are with the euro and the British pound sterling. Adjustments resulting from translating financial statements of international subsidiaries are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.
Inventory
A substantial portion of our shipments in any fiscal period relate to orders received and shipped within that fiscal period for customers under agreements containing non-binding purchase commitments. Further, a significant percentage of orders require delivery within a few days.
We maintain substantial inventories of raw materials for long lead time components to support this demand and avoid expedite fees. We support our customer demand for our products by working with our suppliers, contract manufacturers, distributors, and customers to address and to limit the disruption to our operations and order fulfillment. Additionally, maintaining sufficient inventory levels to assure prompt delivery of our products increases the amount of inventory that may become obsolete and increases the risk that the obsolescence of this inventory may have an adverse effect on our business and operating results. Also, not maintaining sufficient inventory levels to ensure prompt delivery of our products may cause us to incur expediting costs to meet customer delivery requirements, which may negatively impact our operating results.
17
Government Regulation
Telecommunications Matters
Our products that are incorporated into wireless communications systems must comply with various government regulations, including those of the FCC. We strive to deliver innovative network access solutions that lower the total cost and reduce the time of deploying services, increase the level of performance achievable with established infrastructures, reduce operating and capital expenses for our customers, increase network bandwidth and functionality, and extend network reach. Our development process is conducted in accordance with ISO 9001, TL 9000, ISO 14001, and ISO 27001, all of which are international standards for quality and environmental management systems.
Environmental Matters
Our products must comply with various regulations, directives and standards established by communications authorities in various countries, as well as those of certain international bodies. Environmental legislation in particular within the EU may increase our cost of doing business as we amend our products to comply with these requirements. This includes the CSRD directive, the CBAM regulation, the WEEE directive and the ESPR adopted by the EU. We are also subject to disclosure and related requirements that apply to the presence of conflict minerals in our products or supply chain. We continue to implement measures to comply with these and other similar directives and regulations from additional countries.
Global Trade
As a global company, the import and export of our products and services are subject to various laws and regulations, including international treaties, U.S. trade policy, tariffs, export controls and sanctions laws, customs regulations, and local trade rules around the world. Such laws, rules, and regulations may delay the introduction of some of our products or impact our competitiveness through restricting our ability to do business in certain places or with certain entities and individuals, or the need to comply with domestic preference programs, laws concerning transfer and disclosure of sensitive or controlled technology or source code, unique technical standards, localization mandates, and duplicative in-country testing and inspection requirements. Furthermore, material changes in such laws, rules or regulations or the failure by us to comply with such laws, rules and regulations could limit our ability to conduct business globally. Global trade policy continues to evolve and the ultimate impact of recent developments with respect to U.S. tariffs is unclear. On February 20, 2026, the United States Supreme Court issued a ruling striking down certain tariffs previously imposed under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act ("IEEPA"). The ultimate availability, timing, and amount of any potential refunds of such tariffs remain highly uncertain and are subject to further legal, regulatory, and administrative developments. Following the Supreme Court’s decision, the U.S. presidential administration announced its intention to invoke other laws to collect tariffs and announced new tariffs on imports from all countries, in addition to any existing non-IEEPA tariffs (including tariffs on semiconductors, which are expected to increase in June 2027). Furthermore, recent U.S. trade actions have triggered retaliatory actions by certain affected countries, and other foreign governments may impose further trade measures, including reciprocal tariffs, on certain U.S. goods in the future. There remains substantial uncertainty regarding the duration of existing and newly announced tariffs, potential changes or pauses to such tariffs, tariff levels, and whether further additional tariffs or other retaliatory actions may be imposed, modified, or suspended, and the impacts of such actions on our business.
AI Regulations
In the U.S., proposed federal AI regulations, such as those under consideration by Congress or agencies like the Federal Trade Commission, may impose requirements for transparency, ethical use, and data sourcing, particularly if AI systems are trained on copyrighted materials. Non-compliance could lead to restrictions on AI use, fines, or intellectual property disputes. In Europe, the EU Artificial Intelligence Act, expected to be fully implemented by 2026, categorizes AI applications by risk level and could classify our content generation as high-risk, requiring stringent compliance with safety, transparency, and accountability standards. Violations could result in fines of up to 7% of global annual revenue.
Other Regulations
As a company with global operations, we are subject to complex foreign and U.S. laws and regulations, including anti-bribery and corruption laws; antitrust or competition laws; data privacy laws and regulations, such as the GDPR and the California Consumer Privacy Act; and cybersecurity laws and regulations, among others. We have policies and procedures in place to promote compliance with these laws and regulations. To date, our compliance actions and costs relating to these laws, rules and regulations have not resulted in a material cost or effect on our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position. Government regulations are subject to change and, accordingly, we are unable to assess the possible effect of compliance with future requirements or whether our compliance with such regulations will materially impact our business in the future.
18
Sustainability
We believe that as we follow our corporate vision to enable a fully connected world, we must continue to be responsible corporate citizens. As more people are connected, work and life can be accomplished using fewer resources. We have established sustainability programs and policies that encompass the elements of Environmental, Health & Safety, Ethics, Labor, and the related management systems in alignment with the ISO 26000 Guidelines. We are committed to operating in full compliance with the laws, rules and regulations of all the countries in which we operate. The major aims of our program are reducing waste and emissions, maximizing energy efficiency and productivity and minimizing practices that can adversely affect utilization of natural resources by coming generations. Our sustainability programs are important to us, consequently, sustainability is a dedicated focus throughout the company. We have Board oversight including a Sustainability Committee, strong management support and engagement from our employees.
Areas of focus in our environmental sustainability program include:
We expect to issue a sustainability report for 2025 in early 2026, which will use the EU ESRS guidelines, in order to fulfill the reporting obligations set forth in the EU CSRD. Within the report is information on our sustainability and governance programs, including quantitative and qualitative data for the entire Company. This information can also be found on our website at: www.adtran.com/en/about-us/esg/environmental. The information found on our website is not incorporated by reference in this report or any other report that we file or furnish to the SEC.
Human Capital
We believe that our most valuable asset is our people. To ensure we continue to succeed, our objective is to be able to recruit, hire and retain top talent. Our ability to attract and retain a high-quality workforce is dependent on our ability to maintain a diverse, equitable and inclusive workplace that provides opportunities for our employees to learn and grow in their careers. This is supported by competitive compensation and benefits, along with strong community service and other programs that enable employees to build connections within the community.
As of December 31, 2025 we had 3,338 total employees, of which 3,201 are full-time employees and 137 are part-time employees. We had 1,162 employees in the U.S. and 2,176 employees in our international subsidiaries located in North America, Latin America, EMEA and APAC regions. We also utilized 249 contractors and numerous temporary employees domestically and internationally in various manufacturing, engineering, sales and general and administrative capacities. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good. We have a diverse employee base located in 34 countries. We pride ourselves on a highly educated workforce, and the majority of our employees serve in engineering, information technology and technical roles within the organization.
As of December 31, 2025 approximately 88 employees (75%) of Adtran GmbH and Adtran Technology GmbH were subject to collective bargaining agreements of either the Association of Metal and Electrical Industry in Berlin and Brandenburg e.V. or NORDMETALL Association of Metal and Electrical Industry e.V. As of December 31, 2025, Adtran Networks had 98 employees in Switzerland, France, Italy, Finland and Spain that were subject to collective bargaining agreements of different associations. None of our other employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements.
Additionally, we continually work to recruit technical talent in diverse communities through our cooperative education program. This program seeks to identify college students that major in relevant technological areas and expose them to our work environment on an alternating semester basis. Our goal is to retain as many of these students as possible for full-time employment after graduation to build our organization's future.
19
Health, Safety and Wellness
The well-being of our employees is paramount to the continued success of our business. To this end, we are committed to each of our employees' health, safety and wellness. We provide our employees with access to various health and wellness benefits designed to enable them and their family members to have affordable access to health, dental and vision insurance. Additionally, we offer access to many programs that provide additional monetary support in the event of a qualifying incident, including accident insurance, life insurance and hospital indemnity insurance, among others. We understand that mental health is an essential aspect of our employees’ well-being and we offer an employee assistance program at no charge to employees and their family members. This program provides access to qualified personnel to address various issues such as grief, financial stress, family and emotional issues.
Compensation and Benefits
We continually work to provide a competitive compensation and benefits program as this plays a key role in our ability to attract and retain a highly skilled workforce. In addition to salaries, these programs, which vary by country/region, include long-term equity incentive awards with certain vesting requirements, a 401(k) plan, healthcare and insurance benefits, health savings and flexible spending accounts, paid time off, paid volunteer time off, employee assistance program and tuition assistance. Additionally, at our global headquarters in Alabama, we offer our employees certain on-site services, including nurse practitioner care and a fitness center, among others.
Talent Development
We invest significant resources to develop the talent needed to remain a market-leading global supplier of broadband infrastructure. We offer numerous training opportunities on both technical and professional development topics. We utilize tools and processes to provide performance feedback which helps develop high potential employees into becoming our future leaders.
Our Career Development Program provides an opportunity for employees to shape their career journey. The program provides opportunities for employees to develop competencies in areas including technology, business acumen, emotional intelligence, design and systems thinking. As employees increase their competencies in these areas and master skills within their individual roles, this program offers a variety of career advancement paths.
Intellectual Property
We develop and own a significant amount of intellectual property. We have approximately 1,000 patents worldwide related to our products and over 50 additional pending patent applications. Our patents expire at various dates between 2026 and 2044. We continue to seek additional patents related to our research and development activities. We do not derive any material amount of revenue from the licensing of our patents.
The name "ADTRAN" is a registered trademark of ours and a number of our product identifiers and names. We also claim rights to a number of unregistered trademarks.
We protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights in accordance with good legal and business practices. We believe, however, that our competitive success will not fully depend on the ownership of intellectual property, but instead will depend primarily on the innovative skills, technical competence and marketing abilities of our personnel.
The communications industry is characterized by the existence of an ever-increasing volume of patent litigation and licensing activities. We have received, and may continue to receive, notices of claims alleging that we are infringing upon patents or other intellectual property. We cannot predict whether we will prevail in any claims or litigation over alleged infringements, or whether we will be able to license any valid and infringed patents, or other intellectual property, on commercially reasonable terms. It is possible that such litigation may result in significant legal costs and judgments and that intellectual property infringement claims, or related litigation against or by us could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
20
Information about our Executive Officers
Our executive officers as of February 26, 2026, are listed below, along with their ages on that date, positions and offices held with the Company, and principal occupations and employment, focused primarily on the past five years (and all positions within the Company).
Thomas R. Stanton |
|
Age 61 |
2007 to present |
|
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board |
2023 to present |
|
Chief Executive Officer and Management Board member of Adtran Networks |
Timothy Santo |
|
Age 49 |
2025 to present |
|
Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and Management Board member of Adtran Networks |
February 2024 to March 2025 |
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Conn's, Inc.* |
November 2023 to February 2024 |
|
Interim Chief Financial Officer, Conn's, Inc. |
April 2023 to November 2023 |
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer, Conn's, Inc. |
2018 to 2023 |
|
Senior Vice President and Global Controller of PRA Group |
Christoph Glingener |
|
Age 57 |
2023 to present |
|
Chief Technology Officer |
|
|
Chief Technology Officer and Management Board member of Adtran Networks |
2022 to 2023 |
|
Chief Executive Officer of Adtran Networks |
2007 to 2022 |
|
Chief Technology Officer of Adtran Networks |
|
|
|
James D. Wilson, Jr. |
|
Age 55 |
2019 to present |
|
Chief Revenue Officer |
2015 – 2019 |
|
Senior Vice President of Technology and Strategy |
2006 – 2015 |
|
Senior Vice President and General Manager (Carrier Networks) |
*On July 23, 2024, Conn’s, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.
There are no family relationships among our directors or executive officers. Adtran Networks is a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company.
Availability of Information
We file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements and other information as required with the SEC. The SEC maintains an internet website, http://www.sec.gov, that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, including Adtran, that file electronically with them. Additionally, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports, if applicable, filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), are available free of charge under the Investor Relations section of our website, www.adtran.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file them with, or furnish them to, the SEC. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on the website, which information should not be considered part of this report.
21
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Our business involves substantial risks. Any of the risk factors described below or elsewhere in this report could significantly and adversely affect our business prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also adversely affect us.
Risks related to our financial results and Company success
We are obligated to comply with covenants related to our Wells Fargo Credit Agreement that restrict our operating activities, and the failure to comply with such covenants could result in defaults that accelerate our debt obligations.
The Wells Fargo Credit Agreement governing our indebtedness contains restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interest. Our failure to comply with those covenants has resulted in events of default and may in the future result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, results in the acceleration of all its debt. Our Wells Fargo Credit Agreement along with the amendments thereto, contain various restrictive covenants which include, among others, provisions limiting our ability to:
In addition, the Wells Fargo Credit Agreement contains customary events of default, such as misrepresentation and a default in the performance or observance of any covenant (subject to customary cure periods and materiality thresholds).
In addition, certain covenants in the Wells Fargo Credit Agreement, including covenants set forth in the amendments thereto, require us, among other things, to:
As a result of these restrictions, we have been and may be:
Our failure to comply with the covenants set forth in the Credit Agreement has resulted in events of default and could in the future result in defaults that accelerate the payment under such debt which would likely have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, an event of default under the Credit Agreement would, if not cured or waived, permit the lenders to terminate all commitments to extend further credit under the applicable facility. Furthermore, if we were unable to repay the amounts due and payable under the Credit Agreement, the lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. In the event our lenders accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness. In addition, these defaults could impair our ability to access debt and equity capital markets. For additional information on our debt covenants, see "Liquidity & Capital Resources" in Part II, Item 7 of this report.
22
We have experienced significant fluctuations in revenue and such fluctuations may continue. Fluctuations in revenue can cause our operating results in a given reporting period to be higher or lower than expected.
As a result of the many factors discussed in this report, our revenue for a particular quarter is difficult to predict and will fluctuate from quarter to quarter. Visibility into customer spending levels is often uncertain, spending patterns are subject to change, and reductions in our expense levels can take significant time to implement. Typically, our customers request product delivery within a short period following our receipt of an order. Consequently, we do not typically carry a significant order backlog and are dependent upon obtaining orders and completing delivery in accordance with shipping terms that are predominantly within each quarter to achieve our targeted revenue. Our deployment/installation cycle can also vary depending on the customer’s schedule, site readiness, network size and complexity and other factors, which can cause our revenue to fluctuate from period to period. Our ability to meet financial expectations could also be affected if the variable revenue patterns seen in prior quarters recur in future quarters. We have experienced periods of time during which manufacturing issues have delayed shipments, leading to variable shipping patterns. In addition, to the extent that manufacturing issues and any related component shortages continue to result in delayed shipments in the future, and particularly in quarters in which we and our subcontractors are operating at higher levels of capacity, it is possible that revenue for a quarter could be adversely affected, and we may not be able to remediate the conditions within the same quarter.
Under certain market conditions, long manufacturing lead times have caused our customers to place the same order multiple times. When multiple ordering occurs, along with other factors, it may cause difficulty in predicting our revenue and, as a result, could impair our ability to manage inventory effectively.
We plan our operating expense levels based primarily on forecasted revenue levels. Furthermore, our expenses and the impact of long-term commitments are relatively fixed in the short term. A shortfall in revenue has led and could again in the future lead to operating results being below expectations, partially due to an inability to quickly reduce these fixed expenses in response to short-term business changes.
Accurately matching necessary inventory levels to customer demand is challenging, and we may incur additional costs or be required to write off significant inventory that could adversely impact our results of operations.
Customer demand for our products can change rapidly in response to market, supply environment and technological developments. We periodically evaluate our supplier purchase commitments to take steps to mitigate these challenges. We have had and could in the future have to extend purchase commitments or place non-cancellable, advanced orders with or through suppliers, particularly for long lead-time components. This has in the past and could in the future lead to increased inventory and adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, these inventory practices, particularly when considered in the context of our backlog, further introduce obsolescence risk that can impact our results of operations and financial condition. Accordingly, our inventory needs for a particular period can fluctuate and be difficult to predict. If our customers were to cancel or delay orders for extended periods, inventory could become obsolete, and we could be required to write off or write down the inventory associated with those orders. In addition, if customers were to cancel or delay existing or forecasted orders for which we have significant outstanding commitments to our contract manufacturers or suppliers, we may be required to purchase inventory under these commitments that we are unable to sell. If we are required to write off or write down a significant amount of inventory, our results of operations for the applicable period would be materially adversely affected. Our inability to effectively manage the matching of inventory with customer demand, particularly within any supply constrained environment, has had and could in the future have an adverse impact our results of operations and financial condition.
The lengthy sales and approval process required by Service Providers for new products has resulted in fluctuations in our revenue and may result in future revenue fluctuations.
In the industry in which we compete, sales and approval cycles are often lengthy. Selling efforts often involve a significant commitment of time and resources by us and our customers that may include extensive product testing, laboratory or network certification, or region-specific product certification and homologation requirements for deployment in networks. Additionally, a supplier must first obtain product approval from a major or other Service Provider to sell its products to these Service Providers. This process can last from six to eighteen months, or longer, depending on the technology, the Service Provider and the demand for the product from the Service Provider’s subscribers. Consequently, we are involved in a constant process of submitting for approval succeeding generations of products, as well as products that deploy new technology or respond to new technology demands from a major or other Service Provider. We cannot be certain that we will obtain these approvals in the future or that sales of these products will continue to occur. Any attempt by a major or other Service Provider to seek out additional or alternative suppliers, or to undertake, as permitted under applicable regulations, the production of these products internally, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. Furthermore, the delay in sales until the completion of the approval process, the length of which is difficult to predict, has and may continue to result in fluctuations of revenue and uneven operating results from quarter to quarter or year to year. For example, we have seen a decrease in volume of sales activity due to customers’ focus on reducing inventory levels in our domestic ADTRAN, Inc. operations, which has impacted and may continue to materially impact demand in that category. Further, once customer approval or certifications are met, our supply chain customers typically do not guarantee us a minimum, or any, volume of sales.
23
We require a significant amount of cash to service our indebtedness, our payment obligations to Adtran Networks shareholders under the DPLTA, and other obligations.
Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control and any failure to service our outstanding indebtedness could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, we have entered into a DPLTA with Adtran Networks. Additionally, pursuant to the terms of the DPLTA, each Adtran Networks shareholder (other than the Company) has received an offer to elect either (1) to remain an Adtran Networks shareholder and receive from us a recurring cash payment of €0.52 per share for each full fiscal year of Adtran Networks (the “Annual Recurring Compensation”) payment, or (2) to put their Adtran Networks shares to the Company in exchange for compensation in cash of €17.21 per share, plus guaranteed interest (the “Exit Compensation”). For the year ended December 31, 2025, approximately 2.0 million shares of Adtran Networks stock were tendered to the Company. This resulted in total Exit Compensation payments of approximately €40.2 million, or approximately $46.6 million, based on exchange rates at the time of the transactions, being paid to Adtran Networks shareholders. Any failure to satisfy our payment obligations under the DPLTA could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Moreover, on September 19, 2025, the Company issued $201.3 million aggregate principal amount of convertible senior notes (the “2030 Notes” or the “Notes”). The Notes accrue interest at a rate of 3.75% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning March 15, 2026. Unless repurchased earlier, redeemed, or converted, the Notes will mature on September 15, 2030.
Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, to cover our payment obligations under the DPLTA and the 2030 Notes, and to fund working capital needs and planned capital expenditures depends on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, we do not sufficiently reduce costs in a timely manner, or if our future borrowings are not available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us and our subsidiaries to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs, we may need to raise additional debt or equity capital, refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, sell assets, reduce or delay capital investments, any of which could have a material adverse effect.
The Company experienced revenue declines in 2024. However, customers began replenishing their inventories to meet increasing demand, and revenue increased throughout fiscal 2025. There can be no assurance that revenue will continue to increase or that the Company will be successful in effecting its plans to preserve cash liquidity and maintain compliance with the Company's covenants on commercially reasonable terms or at all. We may need to further reduce capital expenditure and/or take other steps to preserve working capital in order to ensure that we can meet our needs and obligations and maintain compliance with our debt covenants. Our ability to raise additional debt capital or to restructure or refinance our indebtedness will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. The terms of existing or future debt instruments or preferred stock may limit or prevent us from taking any of these actions.
In addition, any failure to make scheduled payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness or dividend payments on any future outstanding shares of preferred stock would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness or otherwise raise capital on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service, payment obligations to Adtran Networks shareholders under the DPLTA, and other obligations, or to refinance or restructure our obligations on commercially reasonable terms or at all, would have an adverse effect, which could be material, on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, if we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or securities convertible into equity, or undertake certain transactions intended to address our existing indebtedness, our existing stockholders could suffer dilution in their percentage ownership of the Company, or our leverage and outstanding indebtedness could increase. Current capital market conditions, including the impact of inflation, have increased borrowing rates and can be expected to significantly increase our cost of capital as compared to prior periods should we seek additional funding.
24
The terms of the DPLTA may have a material adverse effect on our financial results and condition.
The DPLTA between the Company, as the controlling company, and Adtran Networks, as the controlled company, became effective on January 16, 2023, as a result of its registration with the commercial register (Handelsregister) of the local court (Amtsgericht) at the registered seat of Adtran Networks (Jena).
Under the DPLTA, subject to certain limitations pursuant to applicable law and the specific terms of the DPLTA, (i) the Company is
entitled to issue binding instructions to the management board of Adtran Networks, (ii) Adtran Networks will transfer its annual profit to the Company, subject to, among other things, the creation or dissolution of certain reserves, and (iii) the Company will generally absorb the annual net loss incurred by Adtran Networks. The Company’s payment obligation in satisfaction of the requirement that it absorb Adtran Networks’ annual net loss applies to the net loss generated by Adtran Networks in 2025, and it will apply to any net loss generated by Adtran Networks in 2026.
Additionally, and subject to certain limitations pursuant to applicable law and the specific terms of the DPLTA, the DPLTA provides that Adtran Networks shareholders (other than the Company) be offered, at their election, (i) to put their Adtran Networks shares to the Company in exchange for compensation in cash of €17.21 per share, plus guaranteed interest (the “Exit Compensation”), or (ii) to remain Adtran Networks shareholders and receive a recurring compensation in cash of €0.52 per share for each full fiscal year of Adtran Networks (the “Annual Recurring Compensation”). The guaranteed interest under the Exit Compensation is calculated from the effective date of the DPLTA to the date the shares are tendered, less any Annual Recurring Compensation paid. The guaranteed interest rate is 5.0% plus a variable component that was 1.27% as of December 31, 2025. The Annual Recurring Compensation is due on the third banking day following the ordinary general shareholders’ meeting of Adtran Networks for the respective preceding fiscal year (but in any event within eight months following expiration of the fiscal year). With respect to the 2024 fiscal year, Adtran Networks’ ordinary general shareholder meeting occurred on June 27, 2025, and therefore, the Annual Recurring Compensation was paid on July 1, 2025. With respect to the 2025 fiscal year, Adtran Networks’ ordinary general shareholder meeting is scheduled for the second quarter of 2026, and the Annual Recurring Compensation will be due on the third banking day following the meeting. The adequacy of both forms of compensation has been challenged by minority shareholders of Adtran Networks via court-led appraisal proceedings under German law and it is possible that the courts in such appraisal proceedings may adjudicate a higher Exit Compensation (including interest thereon) or Annual Recurring Compensation than agreed upon in the DPLTA. Our obligation to pay Annual Recurring Compensation under the DPLTA is a continuing payment obligation, which will amount to approximately €7.9 million or $9.3 million (based on the exchange rate as of December 31, 2025) per year assuming none of the minority Adtran Networks shareholders were to elect Exit Compensation. The foregoing amounts do not reflect any potential increase in payment obligations that we may have depending on the outcome of ongoing appraisal proceedings in Germany. For the year ended December 31, 2025, a total of 2.0 million shares of Adtran Networks stock was tendered to the Company and Exit Compensation payments of approximately €40.2 million or approximately $46.6 million, based on exchange rates at the time of the transactions, were paid to Adtran Networks shareholders. Assuming all the minority holders of currently outstanding Adtran Networks shares were to elect the first option, we would be obligated to make aggregate Exit Compensation payments, including guaranteed interest, of approximately €303.9 million or approximately $357.0 million, based on an exchange rate as of December 31, 2025. In addition to our cash and cash equivalents and the credit facility, we may fund a portion or all of the Annual Recurring Compensation and Exit Compensation through the sale of securities or additional alternative funding sources, if available. There can be no assurances that we would be successful in effecting these actions at commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we cannot raise additional funds to the extent needed, it could adversely impact our financial results and financial condition. Additionally, the payment of the Annual Recurring Compensation and Exit Compensation could have a material adverse impact on our financial results and financial condition. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Part II, Item 7 of this report for additional information.
The opportunity for minority Adtran Networks shareholders to tender Adtran Networks shares in exchange for Exit Compensation had been scheduled to expire on March 16, 2023. However, due to the appraisal proceedings that were initiated in 2023 in accordance with applicable German law, this time period for tendering shares has been extended pursuant to the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz) and will end two months after the date on which a final decision in such appraisal proceedings has been published in the Federal Gazette (Bundesanzeiger). Following the court's decision on a procedural matter in the DPLTA appraisal proceedings on July 14, 2025, the trial on the merits of the DPLTA has recommenced. It is expected to take a minimum of 12 months for a ruling of the court on the merits and such ruling will most likely be appealed, which would be expected to take an additional 12-24 months to be resolved. Accordingly, the Company does not expect a final decision on the DPLTA appraisal proceedings to be rendered and published prior to 2027, and most likely not until 2028 or beyond.
The amount of this Annual Recurring Compensation payment obligation pursuant to the DPLTA could exceed the amount of dividends that otherwise might be distributed by Adtran Networks to minority shareholders and would even have to be paid if Adtran Networks incurs losses, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial results and financial condition.
Our significant indebtedness exposes us to various risks.
As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s borrowings under the Wells Fargo revolving line of credit (the "Amended Credit Agreement") were $25.0 million. As of December 31, 2025, the U.S. Borrower had a total of $5.8 million in letters of credit under the Amended
25
Credit Agreement, leaving a net amount (after giving effect to the $25.0 million of outstanding borrowings described above) of $319.2 million available for future borrowings based on debt covenant compliance metrics. The credit facilities provided under the Amended Credit Agreement mature in July 2027, but we may request extensions subject to customary conditions or we may seek to refinance the credit facilities prior to their maturity. In addition, on September 19, 2025, the Company issued $201.3 million principal amount of its 3.75% convertible senior notes due September 15, 2030 (the “2030 Notes” or the “Notes”). See "Cash Requirements" in Part I, Item 2 of this report for additional information.
Our indebtedness has and may continue to adversely affect our operations and liquidity. Our level of indebtedness:
Our ability to satisfy our debt obligations and renew the credit facility is dependent upon our future performance and other risk factors discussed in this section. We cannot assure you that we will maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. If we fail to pay interest on, or repay, our borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement when required, we will be in default under the applicable loans, and may also suffer an event of default under the terms of other borrowing arrangements that we may enter into from time to time. In addition, our failure to repurchase the 2030 Notes or to pay the cash amounts due upon conversion when required will constitute a default under the indenture. We may be forced to further reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets or operations, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We cannot assure you that we would be able to take any of these actions, that these actions would be successful and permit us to meet our scheduled obligations or that these actions would be permitted under the terms of our current or future debt agreements. If we are unable to achieve sufficient operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity challenges and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or obtain sufficient proceeds from those dispositions to meet our debt service and other obligations when due. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may also incur additional long-term debt and working capital lines of credit to meet future financing needs, which would increase our total indebtedness. Although the terms of its existing and future credit agreements and of the indentures governing its debt contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional debt, including secured debt, these restrictions are subject to a number of important exceptions and debt incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If we or our restricted subsidiaries incur significant additional debt, the relative risks may intensify.
We depend heavily on sales to certain customers; the loss of any of these customers or a significant project would significantly reduce our revenue and net income.
Historically, a large percentage of our revenue has been made to major Service Providers and larger independent communications companies. As long as the major and larger independent communications companies represent such a substantial percentage of our total revenue, our future success will significantly depend upon certain factors which are not within our control, including:
26
In the past, revenue generated by our large customers has fluctuated significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year, and it may continue to fluctuate in the future. The loss of, or a significant reduction or delay in, revenue to any such customer or the occurrence of revenue fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Further, any attempt by a major or other Service Provider to seek out additional or alternative suppliers or to undertake, as permitted under applicable regulations, the production of these products internally, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.
There has been a trend toward industry consolidation in our markets for several years. We expect this trend to continue as companies attempt to strengthen or hold their market positions or are unable to continue operations. This could lead to variability in our operating results and could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flow. In addition, particularly in the Service Provider market, rapid consolidation will lead to fewer customers, with the effect that a loss of a major customer could have a material impact on our results that we would not have anticipated in a marketplace composed of more numerous participants.
Our exposure to the credit risks of our customers and distributors may make it difficult to collect accounts receivable and could adversely affect our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Most of our revenue is made on an open credit basis, generally with payment terms of 30 to 45 days in the U.S. and typically 45 to 60 days in many geographic markets outside the U.S. As our international revenue grows, our total accounts receivable balance has increased and will likely continue to increase. Our DSO could also increase as a result of a greater mix of international revenue. Additionally, international laws may not provide the same degree of protection against defaults on accounts receivable as provided under U.S. laws governing domestic transactions; therefore, as our international business grows, we may be subject to higher bad debt expense compared to historical trends. Overall, we monitor individual customer and distributor payment capability in granting such open credit arrangements, seek to limit such open credit to amounts that we believe customers and distributors can pay and maintain reserves we believe are adequate to cover exposure for credit losses and other macroeconomic indicators. In the course of our sales to customers and distributors, we may encounter difficulty collecting accounts receivable and could be exposed to risks associated with uncollectible accounts receivable due to various reasons, including potential declining operating cash flows or bankruptcy filings. While we attempt to monitor these situations carefully and attempt to take appropriate measures to collect accounts receivable balances, there are no assurances we can avoid write-downs and/or write-offs of accounts receivable as a result of declining financial conditions for our customers, including bankruptcy. Such write-downs or write-offs could negatively affect our operating results for the period in which they occur and could potentially have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
We expect gross margins to continue to vary over time, and our levels of product and services gross margins may not be sustainable.
Our level of gross margins may not be sustainable and has been and may continue to be adversely affected by numerous factors, including:
27
Our dependence on a limited number of suppliers for certain raw materials, key components and ODM products, combined with supply shortages, has prevented and may continue to prevent us from delivering our products on a timely basis, which has had and may continue to have a material adverse effect on operating results and could have a material adverse effect on customer relations.
The fact that we are reliant on our extended supply chain could have an adverse impact on the supply of our products and on our business and operating results. The financial problems of our suppliers and industry consolidation occurring within one or more component supplier markets, such as the semiconductor market, in each case, could either limit supply or increase costs.
A reduction or interruption in supply, including disruptions on our global supply chain, caused in part by public health emergencies, geopolitical tensions (including as a result of the ongoing conflict in Ukraine, the Middle East, as well as China-Taiwan relations; a significant natural disaster (including as a result of climate change); tariffs or other trade restrictions; a significant increase in the price of one or more components (including as a result of inflation); a failure to adequately authorize procurement of inventory by our contract manufacturers; a failure to appropriately cancel, reschedule, or adjust our requirements based on our business needs; or a decrease in demand for our products could materially adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition and could materially damage customer relationships. Furthermore, as a result of binding price or purchase commitments with suppliers, we may be obligated to purchase raw materials or components at prices that are higher than those available in the current market. In the event that we become committed to purchasing raw materials or components at prices in excess of the current market price when the raw materials or components are actually used, our gross margins could decrease.
In addition, certain raw materials and key components used in our products are currently available from only one source, and others are available from only a limited number of sources. The availability of these raw materials and supplies may be subject to market forces beyond our control, such as inflation, merger and acquisition activity of our suppliers and consolidation in some segments of our supplier base. We have experienced and expect to continue to experience increased inflationary pressures on input costs, such as, raw materials, supplies, labor and distribution costs. Our attempts to offset these cost pressures, through increases in the selling prices of some of our products, may not be successful and could negatively affect our operating results. In addition, from time to time, there may not be sufficient quantities of raw materials and supplies in the marketplace to meet customer demand. Many companies utilize the same raw materials and supplies that we do in the production of their products. Suppliers may be under pressure to allocate product to certain customers for business, regulatory or political reasons, and/or demand changes in agreed pricing as a condition of supply. As a result, companies with more resources than our own may have a competitive advantage in obtaining raw materials and supplies. These factors have resulted in reduced supply, higher prices of raw materials and delays in the receipt of certain of our key components, which in turn has generated increased costs, lower margins and delays in product delivery, with a corresponding adverse effect on revenue. Delays in product deliveries and corresponding product price increases may likewise have an adverse effect on customer relationships. We attempt to manage these risks through developing alternative sources, by staging inventories at strategic locations, through engineering efforts designed to obviate the necessity of certain components and by building long-term relationships and close contact with each of our key suppliers; however, we cannot assure that delays in or failures of deliveries of key components, either to us or to our contract manufacturers, and consequent delays in product deliveries, will not continue to occur in the future.
We believe that we may be faced with the following challenges in the future: new markets in which we participate may grow quickly, which may make it difficult to quickly obtain sufficient raw materials and/or components; as we acquire companies and new technologies, we may be dependent on unfamiliar supply chains or relatively small supply partners; and we face competition for certain raw materials or components that are supply-constrained from existing competitors and companies in other markets.
We compete in markets that have become increasingly competitive, which may result in reduced gross profit margins and market share.
28
The markets for our products are intensely competitive. New manufacturers have entered the markets in recent years to offer products in competition with us. Additionally, certain companies have, in recent years, developed the ability to deliver competing products using coaxial cable and cellular transmission, especially in high-density metropolitan areas. Competition will further increase if new companies enter the market or existing competitors expand their product lines. Some of these potential competitors may have greater financial, technological, manufacturing, sales and marketing, and personnel resources. As a result, these competitors may be able to respond more rapidly or effectively to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements, withstand significant price decreases, or devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products.
Furthermore, we face aggressive price competition and may continue to do so. As a consequence of higher supply chain and manufacturing costs, we have in the past increased the prices of many of our products and services to maintain or improve our revenue and gross margin, and we may do so again in the future. In addition, competitors who have a greater presence in some of the lower-cost markets in which we compete, or who can obtain better pricing, more favorable contractual terms and conditions, or more favorable allocations of products and components during periods of limited supply may be able to offer lower prices than we are able to offer. Our cash flows, results of operations, and financial condition may be adversely affected by these and other industry-wide pricing pressures.
In addition, our present and future competitors may be able to enter our existing or future markets with products or technologies comparable or superior to those that we offer. An increase in competition could cause us to reduce prices, decrease our market share, require increased spending by us on product development and sales and marketing, or cause delays or cancellations in customer orders, any one of which could reduce our gross profit margins and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Our estimates regarding future warranty obligations may change due to product failure rates, installation and shipment volumes, field service repair obligations and other rework costs incurred in correcting product failures. If our estimates materially change, our liability for warranty obligations may increase or decrease, impacting future cost of revenue.
Our products are highly complex, and we cannot ensure that our extensive product development, manufacturing and integration testing will be adequate to detect all defects, errors, failures and quality issues. Material quality or performance problems for products covered under warranty could adversely impact our reputation and negatively affect our operating results, financial position and cash flows. The development and production of new products with high complexity often involves problems with software, components and manufacturing methods. If significant warranty obligations arise due to reliability or quality issues arising from defects in software, faulty components or manufacturing methods, our operating results, financial position and cash flows could be negatively impacted by:
Managing our inventory is complex and has included and may continue to include write downs of excess or obsolete inventory.
Managing our inventory of components and finished products is complicated by a number of factors, including the need to maintain a significant inventory of certain components that are in short supply, that have been discontinued by the component manufacturer, that must be purchased in bulk to obtain favorable pricing or that require long lead times. Economic growth, and the unprecedented nature of AI related demand, can make it more difficult for us and our suppliers to accurately forecast demand and to set optimized levels of manufacturing capacity and inventory. These issues have and may continue to result in our purchasing and maintaining significant amounts of inventory, which if not used or expected to be used based on anticipated production requirements, may become excess or obsolete. Any excess or obsolete inventory could also result in sales price reductions and/or inventory write- downs, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. During the year ended December 31, 2023, we recognized write-downs of inventory of $24.3 million due to a discontinuation of certain product lines within our Network Solutions segment in connection with our Business Efficiency Program. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2024, we recognized write-downs of inventory and other charges of $8.6 million as a result of a strategy shift which included discontinuance of certain items in connection with the Business Efficiency Program, of which, $4.1 million relates to inventory write-downs and $4.5 million relates to other charges. Significant and unanticipated changes in our business could require additional charges for inventory write downs in a future period. While there were
29
no write-downs for 2025, any future charges relating to inventory write-downs could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations in the periods recognized. For additional details regarding the Business Efficiency Program, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Business Efficiency Program” in Part II, Item 7 of this report.
Our international operations have and may continue to expose us to additional risks, increase our costs and adversely affect our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
International sales represented 55.6% and 56.8% of our net revenue for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. We have a significant international presence, and our international presence may continue to grow. If we continue to expand our presence in international markets, we expect to continue to experience increased revenue and operating costs in these markets. Furthermore, international expansion may continue to increase our operational risks and impact our results of operations, including:
30
Our success depends on attracting and retaining key personnel.
Our business has grown significantly since its inception. Our success is dependent in large part on the continued employment of our executive officers, including Thomas R. Stanton, our Chief Executive Officer, and other key management personnel. There have been, and may continue to be, changes in our management team resulting from the hiring or departure of key personnel, and we have recently made, and may continue to make, changes in compensation that may be viewed as disruptive by our key personnel. These changes may result in increased attrition or reduced productivity of our key personnel as new reporting relationships are established, and as other companies may increasingly target our executives and other key personnel, particularly during the current highly competitive market for qualified personnel. Such changes have and may continue to result in a loss of institutional knowledge, and they may cause disruptions to our business, impede our ability to achieve our objectives, or distract or result in diminished morale in, or the loss of, key personnel. In addition, for Adtran to continue as a successful entity we must also be able to attract and retain key engineers and software developers and architects whose expertise helps us maintain competitive advantages. We believe that our future success will depend, in large part, upon our ability to continue to attract, retain, train and motivate highly-skilled employees who are in great demand. Stock awards are designed to reward employees for their long-term contributions and to provide incentives for them to remain with us. Changes to our overall compensation program, including changes in salaries and our stock incentive program, may adversely affect our ability to retain key employees. Properly managing our continued growth, avoiding the problems often resulting from such growth and expansion and continuing to operate in the manner which has proven successful to us to date remains critical to the future success of our business.
We are exposed to currency exchange rate fluctuations in jurisdictions where we transact in local currency, which could harm our financial results and cash flows.
Because a significant portion of our business is conducted outside the U.S., we face exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates, including emerging market currencies which can have extreme currency volatility. An increase in the value of the dollar increases the real cost to our customers of our products in those markets outside the U.S. where we sell in dollars and a weakened dollar increases the cost of local operating expenses and procurement of raw materials to the extent that we must purchase components in foreign currencies. These exposures change over time as business practices evolve, and they could materially harm our financial results and cash flows. Our primary exposures to foreign currency exchange rate movements are the euro and the British pound sterling. As a result of our global operations, our revenue, gross margins, operating expense and operating income in some international markets have been and may continue to be affected by foreign currency fluctuations.
We have recognized impairment charges related to goodwill and other intangible assets in the past and may be required to do so in the future.
In accordance with U.S. GAAP, management periodically assesses these assets to determine if they are impaired. Significant negative industry or economic trends, disruptions to our business, the inability to effectively integrate acquired businesses, the under performance of our business as compared to management’s initial expectations, unexpected significant changes or planned changes in use of the assets, divestitures, and market capitalization declines may impair goodwill and other intangible assets. During the year ended December 31, 2024, qualitative factors such as a decrease in the Company’s market capitalization, lower service provider spending and delayed holding patterns of inventory with respect to customers caused us to reduce our forecasts, triggering a quantitative impairment assessment for our reporting units. The Company determined the fair value of the Network Solutions reporting unit using a combination of an income approach and a market-based peer group analysis. The Company determined upon its quantitative impairment assessment to recognize a $297.4 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge for the Network Solutions reporting unit. While no impairment of goodwill was recognized in 2025, the Company will continue to monitor its stock price, operating results and other macroeconomic factors to determine if there is further indication of a sustained decline in fair value requiring an event driven assessment of the recoverability of its remaining goodwill. If our assumptions and related estimates change in the future, or if we change our reporting unit structure or other events and circumstances change (e.g., a sustained decrease in the price of our common stock (considered on both absolute terms and relative to peers)), we may be required to record impairment charges when we perform these tests, or in future periods. A non-cash goodwill impairment charge would have the effect of decreasing earnings or increasing losses in such period. If we are required to take a substantial impairment charge, such impairment charge could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations in the periods recognized.
31
We may be unable to successfully and effectively manage and integrate acquisitions, divestitures and other significant transactions, which could harm our operating results, business and prospects.
As part of our business strategy, we frequently engage in discussions with third parties regarding possible investments, acquisitions, strategic alliances, joint ventures, divestitures and outsourcing arrangements, and we enter into agreements relating to such transactions in order to further our business objectives. In order to pursue this strategy successfully, we must identify suitable candidates, successfully complete transactions, some of which may be large and complex, and manage post-closing issues such as the integration of acquired companies or employees and the divestiture of combined businesses, operations and employees. Integration, divestiture and other risks of these transactions can be more pronounced in larger and more complicated transactions, or if multiple transactions are pursued simultaneously. If we fail to identify and successfully complete transactions that further our strategic objectives, we may be required to expend resources to develop products and technology internally. This may put us at a competitive disadvantage and we may be adversely affected by negative market perceptions, any of which may have a material adverse effect on our revenue, gross margin and profitability.
Integration and divestiture issues are complex, time-consuming and expensive and, without proper planning and implementation, could significantly disrupt our business. The challenges involved in integrating and divesting include:
We evaluate and enter into these types of transactions on an ongoing basis. We may not fully realize all of the anticipated benefits of any transaction and the time frame for achieving benefits of a transaction may depend partially upon the actions of employees, suppliers or other third parties. In addition, the pricing and other terms of our contracts for these transactions require us to make estimates and assumptions at the time we enter into these contracts, and, during the course of our due diligence, we may not identify all of the factors necessary to estimate costs accurately. Any increased or unexpected costs, unanticipated delays or failure to achieve contractual obligations could make these agreements less profitable or unprofitable.
Managing these types of transactions require varying levels of management resources, which has in the past and may in the future divert our attention from other business operations. These transactions have resulted and could result in the future in significant costs and expenses and charges to earnings, including those related to severance pay, early retirement costs, employee benefit costs, asset impairment charges, charges from the elimination of duplicative facilities and contracts, in-process research and development charges, inventory adjustments, assumed litigation, regulatory compliance and other liabilities, legal, accounting and financial advisory fees and required payments to executive officers and key employees under retention plans. In order to complete a future acquisition, we may issue additional common shares, potentially creating dilution for existing stockholders, or borrow funds, which could affect our financial condition, results of operations and potentially our credit ratings. Any prior or future downgrades in our credit rating associated with a transaction could adversely affect our ability to borrow and our borrowing costs, and result in more restrictive borrowing terms. In addition, our effective tax rate on an ongoing basis is uncertain, and such transactions could impact our effective tax rate. We also may experience risks relating to the challenges and costs of closing a transaction and the risk that an announced transaction may not close. As a result, any completed, pending or future transactions may contribute to financial results that differ materially from the investment community’s expectations.
32
Ongoing inflationary pressures have negatively impacted our revenue and profitability.
Ongoing inflationary pressures have resulted and may continue to result in decreased demand for our products and services, increased manufacturing and operating costs (including our labor costs), reduced liquidity, and limitations on our ability to access credit or otherwise raise debt and equity capital. In the current inflationary environment, because certain of our customer contracts provide for fixed pricing and/or due to our competitor’s pricing strategies, we are not always been able to raise the sales prices of our products and services at or above the rate at which our costs increase, which has reduced our profit and operating margins and has and could continue to have a material adverse effect on our financial results. We also may experience lower than expected sales and potential adverse impacts on our competitive position if there is a decrease in customer spending or a negative reaction to any price increases we are able to implement. A reduction in our revenue would be detrimental to our profitability and financial condition and could also have an adverse impact on our future growth.
Risks related to our control environment
We have had to restate our previously issued consolidated financial statements and, as part of that process, identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to develop and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results in a timely manner, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reporting and prevent fraud. We have had to restate our previously issued consolidated financial statements in the past, including in August 2023, March 2024 and May 2025, and, as part of that process, have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, including two material weaknesses that continued to exist at December 31, 2025 and as of the date of this filing. We have remediated certain material weaknesses, implemented several controls with respect to our remaining material weaknesses, and continue to test new and additional controls in order to successfully remediate the remaining material weaknesses. These remediation measures have been time consuming and costly and there is no assurance that these initiatives will ultimately have the intended effects. The failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could adversely impact our ability to report our financial position and results from operations on a timely and accurate basis. When our financial statements are not accurate, investors do not have a complete understanding of our operations. Likewise, when our financial statements are not filed on a timely basis we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the SEC, the Federal Financial Supervisory Authority, or other regulatory authorities. In either case, there could be an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Ineffective internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock.
We can provide no assurance that the measures that we have taken and are taking will remediate the material weaknesses identified or that any additional material weaknesses or restatements of financial results will not arise in the future due to a failure to implement or maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting or circumvention of these controls. In addition, our controls and procedures have not been and may not be adequate in the future to prevent or identify irregularities or errors or to facilitate the fair presentation of our consolidated financial statements.
We may face litigation and other risks as a result of the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, prior restatements of our financial statements, and any future restatement of our previously issued financial statements.
We had to restate our previously issued consolidated financial statements in August 2023, March 2024 and May 2025 and, in connection with those restatements, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, certain of which have continued as of the date hereof. Until such time as we have remediated our material weaknesses or in the event that we experience an additional material weakness, there is a higher risk of there being an error in our financial statements, which error could be material, thereby resulting in a restatement of our financial statements. In connection with our material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, the prior restatements of our financial statements, and any future restatement, we face potential for litigation or other disputes which may include, among others, claims invoking the federal and state securities laws, contractual claims or other claims. As of the date of this report, we have no knowledge of any such litigation or dispute. However, we can provide no assurance that such litigation or dispute will not arise in the future. Any such litigation or dispute, whether successful or not, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
33
Breaches of our information systems and cyberattacks could compromise our intellectual property and cause significant damage to our business and reputation.
We maintain sensitive data on our information systems and the networks of third-party providers, including intellectual property, financial data and proprietary or confidential business information relating to our business, customers, suppliers, and business partners. We also produce networking equipment solutions and software used by network operators to ensure security and reliability in their management and transmission of data. Our customers, particularly those in regulated industries, are increasingly focused on the security features of our technology solutions. Maintaining the security of information sensitive to us and our business partners is critical to our business and reputation. We rely upon several internal business processes and information systems to support key operations and financial functions, and the efficient operation of these processes and systems is critical. Companies are increasingly subjected to cyberattacks and other attempts to gain unauthorized access. Specifically, our network and storage applications and those systems and applications maintained by our third-party providers may be targeted by cyberattacks or potentially breached due to operator error, fraudulent activity, or other system disruptions. Furthermore, we, our employees and some of our third-party Service Providers have been, and anticipate continuing to be, the targets of various cybersecurity threats. These include hacking attacks, social engineering schemes such as "phishing," and business email compromise attacks, wherein attackers impersonate company executives or colleagues in emails to trick employees into transferring funds or revealing sensitive information. Our information systems are designed to reflect industry standards and are engineered to reduce downtime in the event of power outages, weather or climate events and cybersecurity issues. To date, these threats have not had a significant effect on our financial condition or operational results; however, we cannot ensure that future cybersecurity threats might not have a material impact on our business. Unauthorized access to or disclosure of our information could compromise our intellectual property and expose sensitive business information. Additionally, a significant failure or other compromise of our systems due to these issues could result in significant remediation costs, disrupt business operations, and divert management attention, which could result in harm to our business reputation, operating results, financial condition, and cash flows. These risks, as well as the number and frequency of cybersecurity events globally, may also be heightened during times of geopolitical tension or instability between countries. For example, a number of recent cybersecurity events have been alleged to have originated from the ongoing conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East. Further, we have incurred, and will continue to incur, expenses to comply with cybersecurity, privacy, and data protection standards and protocols imposed by law, regulation, industry standards and contractual obligations. Continued increases in legislation and regulation from a variety of international, federal and state authorities regarding cybersecurity incidents, including risk assessment, notification obligations, regulatory reporting and other requirements, could increase our cost of compliance and could subject us to additional liability and reputational harm. And while we may be entitled to damages if our third-party providers fail to satisfy their security-related obligations to us, any award may be insufficient to cover our damages, or we may be unable to recover such award. Additionally, while we have purchased cybersecurity insurance, there are no assurances that the coverage would be adequate in relation to any incurred losses or not subject to any exclusions. Moreover, as cyberattacks increase in frequency and magnitude, we may be unable to obtain cybersecurity insurance in amounts and on terms we view as adequate for our operations. For information on our cybersecurity risk management, strategy and governance, see Part I, Item 1C of this report.
Emerging issues related to the development and use of AI could give rise to legal or regulatory action, damage our reputation, or otherwise materially harm our business.
AI represents a new technology frontier. While we are leveraging exciting possibilities in our products and organization, the novelty and incredible speed of change brings an associated set of risks. Our development and use of AI technology in our products and operations remains in the early phases. While we aim to develop and use AI responsibly and attempt to mitigate ethical and legal issues presented by its use, we may ultimately be unsuccessful in identifying or resolving issues before they arise. AI technologies are complex and rapidly evolving, and the technologies that we develop or use may ultimately be flawed. Moreover, AI technology is subject to rapidly evolving domestic and international laws and regulations, including executive orders by the U.S. government and the EU’s Artificial Intelligence Act, which could impose significant costs and obligations on the Company. Emerging regulations may also pertain to data privacy, data protection, and the ethical use of AI, as well as clarifying intellectual property considerations. Our use of AI could give rise to legal or regulatory action or increased scrutiny or liability, and may damage our reputation or otherwise materially harm our business.
Our competitors may incorporate AI technologies into their products and services more quickly or more successfully than us and could impair our ability to compete effectively and adversely affect our results of operations. Further, the rapid evolution of AI may require the dedication of significant resources to develop, test and maintain AI technologies. If our incorporation of AI technologies does not increase our operational efficiency in accordance with our expectations, or if competition increases for the technology and services provided by third parties, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be harmed.
Additionally, any sensitive information (including confidential, competitive, proprietary, or personal data) that we input into a third-party generative AI platform could be leaked or disclosed to others or otherwise result in an information- or cyber-security incident, including if sensitive information is used to train the third parties’ AI model. Additionally, where an AI model ingests personal data and makes connections using such data, those technologies may reveal other personal or sensitive information generated by the model. Moreover, AI models may create flawed, incomplete, or inaccurate outputs, some of which may appear correct. This may happen if the
34
inputs that the model relied on were inaccurate, incomplete or flawed (including if a bad actor “poisons” the AI with bad inputs or logic), or if the logic of the AI is flawed (a so-called “hallucination”). We may use AI outputs to make certain decisions. Due to these potential inaccuracies or flaws, the model could be biased and could lead us to make decisions that could bias certain individuals (or classes of individuals), and adversely impact their rights, employment, and ability to obtain certain pricing, products, services, or benefits.
Further, we have and may continue to rely on AI models developed by third parties, and would be dependent in part on the manner in which those third parties develop, train and deploy their models, including risks arising from the inclusion of any unauthorized material in the training data for their models, the effectiveness of the steps these third parties have taken to limit the risks associated with the output of their models and other matters over which we may have limited visibility. Any of these risks could expose us to liability or adverse legal or regulatory consequences and harm our reputation and the public perception of our business or the effectiveness of our security measures.
We are also exposed to risks arising from the use of AI technologies by bad actors to commit fraud and misappropriate funds and to facilitate cyberattacks. AI, if used to perpetrate fraud or launch cyberattacks, could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Risks related to the telecommunications industry
We must continue to update and improve our products and develop new products to compete and to keep pace with improvements in communications technology.
The markets for our products are characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and continuing improvements in the communications service offerings of Service Providers. If technologies or standards applicable to our products, or Service Provider offerings based on our products, become obsolete or fail to gain widespread commercial acceptance, our existing products or products under development may become obsolete or unmarketable, which can result in the discontinuation of products and write off of related inventory. For example, during the quarters ended March 31, 2024 and September 30, 2023, management determined that there would be a strategy shift which resulted in a discontinuation of certain product lines in the Network Solutions segment. For more information, see Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this report. While we did not discontinue any material product lines in 2025, future strategy shifts may result in the discontinuation of products and the write off of related inventory. Moreover, the introduction of products embodying new technologies, the emergence of new industry standards, or changes in Service Provider offerings could adversely affect our ability to sell our products.
Our revenue and profitability in the past have, to a significant extent, resulted from our ability to anticipate changes in technology, industry standards and Service Provider offerings, and to develop and introduce new and enhanced products. Our continued ability to adapt will be a significant factor in maintaining or improving our competitive position and our prospects for growth. We cannot assure that we will be able to respond effectively to changes in technology, industry standards, Service Provider offerings or new product announcements by our competitors. We also cannot assure that we will be able to successfully develop and market new products or product enhancements, or that these products or enhancements will achieve market acceptance. We also may not have sufficient resources to make the technological advances necessary to be competitive and successful in the markets we serve. Any failure by us to continue to anticipate or respond in a cost-effective and timely manner to changes in technology, industry standards, Service Provider offerings or new product announcements by our competitors, or any significant delays in product development or introduction, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to competitively market our products and on our revenue, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Our failure or the failure of our contract manufacturers to comply with applicable environmental regulations could adversely impact our results of operations.
The manufacture, assembly and testing of our products at times requires the use of hazardous materials that are subject to environmental, health and safety regulations. In particular, our manufacturing operations use substances that are regulated by various federal, state, local, foreign and international laws and regulations governing health, safety and the environment, including U.S. Environmental Protection Agency regulations and the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive, Directive on the Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment and Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals regulations adopted by the EU. Our failure or the failure of our contract manufacturers to comply with any of these applicable requirements could result in regulatory penalties, legal claims or disruption of production. In addition, our failure or the failure of our contract manufacturers to properly manage the use, transportation, emission, discharge, storage, recycling or disposal of hazardous materials could subject us to increased costs or liabilities. Existing and future environmental regulations may restrict our use of certain materials to manufacture, assemble and test products. Any of these consequences could adversely impact our results of operations by increasing our expenses and/or requiring us to alter our manufacturing processes.
35
If our products do not interoperate with our customers’ networks, installations may be delayed or canceled, which could harm our business.
Our products must interface with existing networks, each of which may have different specifications, utilize multiple protocol standards and incorporate products from other vendors. Many of our customers’ networks contain multiple generations of products that have been added over time as these networks have grown and evolved. Our products may be required to interoperate with many or all of the products within these networks, as well as future products to meet our customers’ requirements. If we find errors in the existing software or defects in the hardware used in our customers’ networks, we may have to modify our software or hardware to fix or overcome these errors so that our products will interoperate with the existing software and hardware. Implementation of product corrections involving interoperability issues could increase our costs and adversely affect our results of operations. Such issues may affect our ability to obtain product acceptance from other customers.
We engage in research and development activities to develop new, innovative solutions and to improve the application of developed technologies, and as a consequence may miss certain market opportunities enjoyed by larger companies with substantially greater research and development efforts and which may focus on more leading-edge development.
A portion of our research and development activities are focused on the continued innovation of currently accepted access and edge transmission technologies in order to deliver faster internet speeds, more capacity, better quality of service and operational efficiency. These research and development efforts result in improved applications of technologies for which demand already exists or is latent. We also focus our research and development efforts on developing software, solutions and platforms that enable Service Providers to increase revenue-generating service velocity, reducing operational costs, increasing scale and providing service agility. We rarely engage in research projects that represent a vast departure from the current business practices of our key customers. While we believe our strategy provides a higher likelihood of producing nearer term or more sustainable revenue streams, this strategy could result in lost revenue opportunities and higher operating expenses should a new technology achieve rapid and widespread market acceptance. When we do engage in research and development activities for new, leading-edge technologies and market approaches, there is no guarantee that those technologies or market approaches will be successful or that they will be adopted and purchased by our customers.
Our strategy of outsourcing a portion of our manufacturing requirements to subcontractors located in various international regions may result in us not meeting our cost, quality or performance standards.
We are heavily dependent on subcontractors for the assembly and testing of certain printed circuit board assemblies, subassemblies, chassis, enclosures and equipment shelves, and the purchase of some raw materials used in such assemblies. This reliance involves several risks, including the unavailability of, or interruptions in, access to certain process technologies and reduced control over product quality, delivery schedules, transportation, manufacturing yields and costs. We may not be able to provide product order volumes to our subcontractors that are high enough to achieve sufficient cost savings. If shipments fall below forecasted levels, we may incur increased costs or be required to take ownership of excess inventory. In addition, these same suppliers may decide to no longer manufacture or support specific components necessary for some of our legacy products, which could lead to our inability to fulfill demand without increased engineering and material costs necessary to replace such components or cause us to transition such products to end-of-life status sooner than planned. Further, our suppliers could enter into exclusive arrangements with our competitors, refuse to sell their products or components to us at commercially reasonable prices or at all, go out of business or discontinue their relationships with us. We also have experienced and expect to continue to experience ongoing inflationary pressures on input costs, such as, raw materials, labor and distribution costs. Our attempts to offset these cost pressures, such as through increases in the selling prices of some of our products and services, may not be successful and could negatively affect our operating results. In addition, a significant component of maintaining cost competitiveness is the ability of our subcontractors to adjust their costs to compensate for possible adverse exchange rate movements. To the extent that the subcontractors are unable to do so, and we are unable to procure alternative product supplies, then our competitiveness and results of operations could be adversely impaired. These risks may be exacerbated by economic, regulatory or political changes or uncertainties, terrorist actions, acts of war, the effects of climate change, natural disasters or pandemics in the foreign countries in which our subcontractors are located. These risks could also be heightened by geopolitical factors. For example, the renegotiation or termination of existing bilateral and multilateral trade agreements, as well as, changes in international tariff structures, could adversely impact our product costs. In addition, a number of the components we use in our products are sourced directly or indirectly through Taiwan. Deterioration of relations between Taiwan and China and the U.S., the resulting actions taken by any of these parties, and other factors affecting the political or economic conditions of Taiwan in the future, could adversely impact our supply chain, international sales, and operations.
We cannot be assured that delays in product deliveries will not occur in the future because of shortages resulting from this limited number of subcontractors or from the financial or other difficulties of these parties. Our inability to identify and engage alternative subcontractors if and as required in the future, or the need to undertake required retraining and other activities related to establishing and developing a new subcontractor relationship, could result in delays or reductions in product shipments which, in turn, could have a negative effect on our customer relationships and operating results.
36
Our failure to maintain rights to intellectual property used in our business could adversely affect the development, functionality and commercial value of our products.
Our future success depends in part upon our proprietary technology. Although we attempt to protect our proprietary technology by contract, trademark, copyright and patent registration and internal security, including trade secret protection, these protections may not be adequate. Furthermore, our competitors can develop similar technology independently without violating our proprietary rights. From time to time, we receive and may continue to receive notices of claims alleging that we are infringing upon patents or other intellectual property. Any of these claims, whether with or without merit, could result in significant legal fees, divert our management’s time, attention and resources, delay our product shipments or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements. We cannot predict whether we will prevail in any claims or litigation over alleged infringements, or whether we will be able to license any valid and infringed patents, or other intellectual property, on commercially reasonable terms. If claims of intellectual property infringement against us are successful and we fail to obtain a license or develop or license non-infringing technology, our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
Third party hardware or software that is used with our portfolios may not continue to be available or at commercially reasonable terms.
We integrate third-party software into certain of our products. Licenses for this technology may not be available or may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms. Difficulties with third-party technology licensors could result in the termination of such licenses, which may result in increased costs or require us to purchase or develop a substitute technology. Difficulty obtaining and maintaining third-party technology licenses may disrupt the development of our products and increase our costs, which could harm our business.
Our use of open source software could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our products.
Several of our solutions utilize elements of open source or publicly available software. Although we closely monitor our use of open source software, the terms of many open source software licenses have not been interpreted by the courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to sell our products. In such event, we could be required to make our proprietary software generally available to third parties, including competitors, at no cost, to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our products, to re-engineer our products or to discontinue the sale of our products in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis or at all, any of which could adversely affect our revenue and operating profitability.
We may incur liabilities or become subject to litigation that would have a material effect on our business.
In the ordinary course of business, we accept purchase orders, and enter into sales and other related contracts, for the marketing, sale, manufacture, distribution or use of our products and services. We may incur liabilities relating to our performance under such agreements, or which result from damage claims arising from certain events as outlined within the particular contract. While we attempt to include reasonable limitations of liability and other protective measures to all agreements, such agreements may not always contain, or be subject to, maximum loss clauses and liabilities arising from them may result in significant adverse changes to our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to various legal proceedings and claims, including employment disputes, patent claims, disputes over contract agreements and other commercial disputes. In some cases, claimants seek monetary recovery, or other relief, including damages such as royalty payments related to patents, lost profits or injunctive relief, which, if granted, could require significant expenditures. Any such disputes may be resolved before trial, or if tried, may be resolved in our favor; however, the cost of claims sustained in litigation, and costs associated with the litigation process, may not be covered by our insurance. Such costs, and the demands on management time during such an event, could harm our business, reputation and have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
In addition, as a result of the business combination with Adtran Networks, we continue to be exposed to litigation risk and uncertainty associated with the remaining minority shareholders of Adtran Networks. The terms of the DPLTA, including the adequacy of compensation payments to minority Adtran Networks shareholders under the terms of the DPLTA, have been challenged by minority shareholders of Adtran Networks by initiating court-led appraisal proceedings under German law. It is possible that the court in these appraisal proceedings may hold that we must pay higher Exit Compensation or Annual Recurring Compensation to such Adtran Networks shareholders than agreed upon in the DPLTA, the financial impact and timing of which is uncertain.
If we are unable to successfully develop and maintain relationships with Systems Integrators, Service Providers and enterprise value-added resellers, our revenue may be negatively affected.
As part of our sales strategy, we are targeting Systems Integrators, Service Providers and enterprise VARs. In addition to specialized technical expertise, Systems Integrators, Service Providers and VARs typically offer sophisticated service capabilities that are frequently desired by enterprise customers. To expand our distribution channel to include resellers with such capabilities, we must be able to provide effective support to these resellers. If our sales, marketing or service capabilities are not sufficient to provide effective support
37
to such Systems Integrators, Service Providers and VARs, our revenue may be negatively affected, and current Systems Integrators, Service Provider and VAR partners may terminate their relationships with us, which would adversely impact our revenue and overall results of operations. Moreover, if our Systems Integrators, Service Providers or VARs cease doing business with us for any other reason or fail to successfully sell our products, our ability to sustain and grow our revenue could be materially adversely affected.
We depend on a third-party cloud platform provider to host our Mosaic One SaaS network and other operating platforms, and if we were to experience a material disruption or interference in service, our business and reputation could suffer.
Our quality of customer service and our continued growth depends in part on the ability of our existing and potential customers to use and access our Mosaic One SaaS network operating platform. We use third-party service providers that we do not control for key components of our infrastructure, particularly with respect to delivery of our SaaS products. The use of these service providers gives us greater flexibility in efficiently delivering a more tailored, scalable customer experience, but also exposes us to additional risks and vulnerabilities. Third-party service providers operate their own platforms that we access, and we are, therefore, vulnerable to their service interruptions. In the future, we may experience interruptions, delays and outages in service and availability from time to time as a result of our third-party service providers’ infrastructure. Lack of availability of this infrastructure could be due to a number of potential causes including technical failures, natural disasters, fraud or security attacks that we cannot predict or prevent. Such outages could adversely impact our business, reputation, financial condition and results of operations.
Risks related to the Company’s stock price
Our financial performance and operating results historically have fluctuated and could fluctuate in future periods, which has affected and may in the future affect our stock price.
Our operating results have been, and will continue to be, subject to quarterly and annual fluctuations as a result of numerous factors. These factors include, but are not limited to:
38
Moreover, shortfalls in our sales or earnings in any given period relative to our guidance or the levels expected by securities analysts have in the past and may in the future adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.
Future issuances of additional equity securities could result in dilution of existing stockholders’ equity ownership.
We may determine from time to time to issue additional equity securities to raise additional capital, to support growth, or to make acquisitions. Furthermore, we may issue stock options, grant restricted stock awards or other equity awards to retain, compensate and/or motivate our employees and directors. The issuance of additional shares of common stock could result in the dilution of the voting and economic interests of existing stockholders. Furthermore, as part of our business strategy, we may acquire additional shares of Adtran Networks’ common stock and issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisitions. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. Any such issuances of additional share capital may cause stockholders to experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per share value of our common stock to decline.
The price of our common stock has been volatile and may continue to fluctuate significantly.
Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol ADTN and on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange under the symbol QH9. Since our initial public offering in August 1994, there has been, and may continue to be, significant volatility in the market for our common stock, based on a variety of factors, including factors listed in this section, some of which are beyond our control.
Risks Related to our 2030 Notes and Capped Calls
Our indebtedness and liabilities could limit the cash flow available for our operations and expose us to risks that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if we are unable to raise additional capital and/or restructure some of our existing indebtedness, we may be unable to meet our obligations as they come due, including with respect to the 2030 Notes.
Our indebtedness could have significant negative consequences for our security holders and our business, results of operations and financial condition by, among other things:
Our business may not generate sufficient funds, and we may otherwise be unable to maintain sufficient cash reserves, to pay amounts due under our indebtedness, including the 2030 Notes and the Amended Credit Agreement, and our cash needs may increase in the future. In addition, the Wells Fargo credit agreement contains, and any future indebtedness that we may incur may contain, financial and other restrictive covenants that limit our ability to operate our business, raise capital or make payments under our other indebtedness. If we fail to comply with these covenants or to make payments under our indebtedness when due, then we would be in default under that indebtedness, which could, in turn, result in that and our other indebtedness becoming immediately payable in full.
39
We may be unable to raise the funds necessary to repurchase the 2030 Notes for cash following a fundamental change or to pay any cash amounts due upon maturity or conversion of the 2030 Notes, and our other indebtedness may limit our ability to repurchase the 2030 Notes or to pay any cash amounts due upon their maturity or conversion.
Noteholders may, subject to a limited exception, require us to repurchase their 2030 Notes following a “fundamental change” (as defined in the Indenture) at a cash repurchase price generally equal to the principal amount of the 2030 Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, all conversions of the 2030 Notes will be settled partially or entirely in cash. We may not have enough available cash or be able to obtain financing at the time we are required to repurchase the 2030 Notes or pay the cash amounts due upon conversion. In addition, applicable law, regulatory authorities and the agreements governing our other indebtedness may restrict our ability to repurchase the 2030 Notes or pay the cash amounts due upon conversion. Our failure to repurchase the 2030 Notes or to pay the cash amounts due upon conversion when required will constitute a default under the indenture. A default under the indenture or the fundamental change itself could also lead to a default under agreements governing our other indebtedness, which may result in that other indebtedness becoming immediately payable in full. We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy all amounts due under the other indebtedness and the 2030 Notes.
Provisions in the Indenture could delay or prevent an otherwise beneficial takeover of us.
Certain provisions in the 2030 Notes and the Indenture could make a third party attempt to acquire us more difficult or expensive. For example, if a takeover constitutes a fundamental change, then, subject to a limited exception, noteholders will have the right to require us to repurchase their 2030 Notes for cash. In addition, if a takeover constitutes a make-whole fundamental change, then we may be required to temporarily increase the conversion rate. In either case, and in other cases, our obligations under the 2030 Notes and the Indenture could increase the cost of acquiring us or otherwise discourage a third party from acquiring us or removing incumbent management, including in a transaction that noteholders or holders of our common stock may view as favorable.
The accounting method for the 2030 Notes has affected and may continue to adversely affect our reported financial condition and results.
The accounting method for reflecting the 2030 Notes on our balance sheet, accruing interest expense for the 2030 Notes and reflecting the underlying shares of our common stock in our reported diluted earnings per share may adversely affect our reported earnings and financial condition.
In accordance with applicable accounting standards, the 2030 Notes have been and may continue to be reflected as a liability on our balance sheets, with the initial carrying amount equal to the principal amount of the 2030 Notes, net of discount and issuance costs. The issuance costs have been and may continue to be treated as a debt discount for accounting purposes, which are amortized into interest expense over the term of the 2030 Notes. As a result of this amortization, the interest expense that we have recognized and expect to continue to recognize for the 2030 Notes for accounting purposes has been and may continue to be greater than the cash interest payments we will pay on the 2030 Notes, which has resulted and may continue to result in higher reported loss and which may result in lower reported income in the future.
In addition, the shares underlying the 2030 Notes have been reflected and may continue to be reflected in our diluted earnings per share using the “if converted” method, in accordance with ASU 2020-06. Under that method, if the conversion value of the 2030 Notes exceeds their principal amount for a reporting period, then we calculate our diluted earnings per share assuming that all of the Notes were converted at the beginning of the reporting period and that we issued shares of our common stock to settle the excess. However, if reflecting the Notes in diluted earnings per share in this manner is anti-dilutive, or if the conversion value of the Notes does not exceed their principal amount for a reporting period, then the shares underlying the Notes will not be reflected in our diluted earnings per share. The application of the "if converted" method may reduce our reported diluted earnings per share, and accounting standards may change in the future in a manner that may adversely affect our diluted earnings per share.
Furthermore, if any of the conditions to the convertibility of the 2030 Notes is satisfied, then we may be required under applicable accounting standards to reclassify the liability carrying value of the 2030 Notes as a current, rather than a long-term, liability. This reclassification could be required even if no noteholders convert their 2030 Notes and could materially reduce our reported working capital.
Transactions relating to our 2030 Notes may affect the value of our common stock.
Conversions of the 2030 Notes offered hereby may significantly dilute the ownership interests of our common stockholders and depress the market price of our common stock. Furthermore, in connection with the 2030 Notes, we have entered into privately negotiated Capped Calls with one of the initial purchasers of the Notes or its affiliate and certain other financial institutions. The Capped Calls are expected generally to reduce the potential dilution to our common stock upon any conversion of the 2030 Notes and/or offset any potential cash payments we are required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted Notes, as the case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap.
40
In addition, the option counterparties and/or their respective affiliates may modify their hedge positions by entering into or unwinding various derivative transactions with respect to our common stock and/or purchasing or selling our common stock or other securities of ours in secondary market transactions prior to the maturity of the Notes (and (x) are likely to do so following any repurchase of the Notes by us in connection with any fundamental change and (y) are likely to do so during any observation period related to a conversion of the Notes or following any repurchase or redemption of Notes by us, other than in connection with any fundamental change, if we elect to unwind a corresponding portion of the Capped Calls in connection with such conversion, repurchase or redemption). This activity could also cause or avoid an increase or decrease in the market price of our common stock.
We are subject to counterparty risk with respect to the Capped Calls, and the Capped Calls may not operate as planned.
The option counterparties are, or are affiliates of, financial institutions, and we will be subject to the risk that one or more of such option counterparties might default under the Capped Calls. Our exposure to the credit risk of the option counterparties is not secured by any collateral. If an option counterparty becomes subject to insolvency proceedings, we will become an unsecured creditor in those proceedings with a claim equal to our exposure at that time under our Capped Calls with that option counterparty. Our exposure will depend on many factors, but, generally, the increase in our exposure will be correlated with increases in the market price or the volatility of our common stock. In addition, upon a default by an option counterparty, we may suffer more dilution than we currently anticipate with respect to our common stock. We can provide no assurances as to the financial stability or viability of any option counterparty.
In addition, the Capped Calls are complex, and they may not operate as planned. For example, the terms of the Capped Calls may be subject to adjustment, modification or, in some cases, renegotiation if certain corporate or other transactions occur. Accordingly, these transactions may not operate as we intend if we are required to adjust their terms as a result of transactions in the future or upon unanticipated developments that may adversely affect the functioning of the Capped Calls.
Risks related to the regulatory environments in which we do business
We are subject to complex and evolving U.S. and foreign laws, regulations and standards governing the conduct of our business. Violations of these laws and regulations may harm our business, subject us to penalties and to other adverse consequences.
We are subject to laws and regulations that govern conduct by our Company, our employees and agents and the manufacture, sale and use of our products. Our inability to comply with current and evolving laws and regulations governing our business domestically and internationally may adversely affect our revenue, results of operations, financial conditions and cash flows. New and changing laws, regulations and industry practices could require us to modify our business, products or services offered, potentially in a material manner, and may limit our ability to develop new products, services and features. If we violate these laws and regulations, governmental authorities in the U.S. and in foreign jurisdictions could seek to impose civil and/or criminal fines and penalties which could have an adverse effect on our reputation, as well as our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
These laws and regulations include, but are not limited to:
41
Moreover, changes in the U.S. political landscape can significantly impact our business. The recent changes in the U.S. government administration have resulted in substantial modifications to laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, those related to trade policies, tariffs, export controls and technology transfers. New executive orders and legislative actions have altered and may in the future further alter the business environment in which we operate.
Changes in trade policy in the U.S. and other countries, including the imposition of additional tariffs and the resulting consequences, may adversely impact our gross profits, gross margins, results of operations and financial condition.
In recent years, international market conditions and the international regulatory environment have been increasingly affected by competition among countries and geopolitical frictions. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the U.S. introduced trade policy actions that increased import tariffs across a wide range of countries at various rates, with certain exemptions. On February 20, 2026, the United States Supreme Court issued a ruling striking down certain tariffs previously imposed under the IEEPA. The ultimate availability, timing, and amount of any potential refunds of such tariffs remain highly uncertain and are subject to further legal, regulatory, and administrative developments. Following the Supreme Court’s decision, the U.S. presidential administration announced its intention to invoke other laws to collect tariffs and announced new tariffs on imports from all countries, in addition to any existing non-IEEPA tariffs (including tariffs on semiconductors, which are expected to increase in June 2027). Furthermore, recent U.S. trade actions have triggered retaliatory actions by certain affected countries, and other foreign governments may impose further trade measures, including reciprocal tariffs, on certain U.S. goods in the future. Because not all products can be sourced in all countries, we expect to experience increased costs in our supply chain as a result of such tariffs, which may lead to reduced margins or increased prices. At this time, it remains unclear what additional actions, if any, will be taken by the U.S. or other governments with respect to international trade agreements, the imposition of or changes to tariffs on goods imported into the U.S. or exported to other countries, tax policy related to international commerce, increased export control, sanctions and investment restrictions, import or use of foreign communications equipment, or other trade matters. Related costs and the uncertainty during transition periods could lead to changes in buying behavior, such as decreased demand. These impacts could have a negative effect on our financial results, including our revenue and profitability.
In addition, the extent and duration of increased tariffs and the resulting impact on general economic conditions and on our business are uncertain and depend on various factors, such as negotiations between the U.S. and affected countries, the responses of other countries
42
or regions, exemptions or exclusions that may be granted, availability and cost of alternative sources of supply, and reduced demand for our and our customers’ products and services. Such conditions could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and cash flows. Also, disruptions and volatility in the financial markets may lead to adverse changes in the availability, terms and cost of capital. Such adverse changes could increase our costs of capital and limit our access to external financing sources to fund acquisitions, capital projects, or refinancing of debt maturities on similar terms, which could in turn reduce our cash flows and limit our ability to pursue growth opportunities. Changes in tariffs and trade restrictions can be announced with little or no advance notice. The adoption and expansion of tariffs or other trade restrictions, increasing trade tensions, or other changes in governmental policies related to taxes, tariffs, trade agreements or policies, are difficult to predict, which makes attendant risks difficult to anticipate and mitigate. If we are unable to navigate further changes in U.S. or international trade policy, it could have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.
The complexity of announced or future tariffs may also increase the risk that we or our customers or suppliers may be subject to enforcement actions in the U.S. or foreign jurisdictions related to compliance with trade regulations. In May 2025, the U.S. Department of Justice announced that trade and customs fraud, including tariff evasion, is a high-impact area and designated it as an enforcement priority area. Additionally, the imposition of tariffs is dependent upon the classification of items under the Harmonized Tariff System (“HTS”) and the country of origin of the item. Determination of the HTS and the origin of the item is a technical matter that can be subjective in nature. Accordingly, although we believe our classifications of both HTS and origin are appropriate, there is no certainty that the U.S. government will agree with us. If the U.S. government does not agree with our determinations, we could be required to pay additional amounts, including potential penalties, and our profitability would be adversely impacted.
Finally, tariffs on our customers’ products may adversely affect our gross profit margins in the future due to the potential for increased pressure on our selling prices by customers seeking to offset the impact of tariffs on their own products. In addition, tariffs could make our products less attractive relative to products offered by competitors, which may not be subject to similar tariffs. In reaction to the increased tariffs, customers may elect to reduce spending, renegotiate contracts, defer orders or delivery of existing orders, or shift purchases to other vendors, each of which would adversely impact our financial results and competitive position with customers. Increases in tariffs on imported goods or the failure to resolve current international trade disputes could further decrease demand and have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
Recently, the Company has experienced increased costs on imports of certain critical raw minerals and derivative products relevant to our business and products due to tariffs imposed by the U.S. government and other nations, and the availability, timing, and amount of any potential refunds of related U.S. tariffs remains uncertain. We have taken steps, and may take additional steps, to attempt to mitigate the impact of tariffs on our business, including by availing ourselves of certain exemptions to tariffs; by making changes to our supply chain practices, sources of supply, or manufacturing locations; and by passing the cost of tariffs to customers. These changes could take considerable time to implement, result in significant costs, and cause supply chain delays or disruption.
New or revised tax regulations, changes in our effective tax rate, recognition of a valuation allowance or assessments arising from tax audits may have an adverse impact on our results.
We are subject to taxation in various jurisdictions, both domestically and internationally, in which we conduct business. Significant judgment is required in the determination of our provision for income taxes, and this determination requires the interpretation and application of complex and sometimes uncertain tax laws and regulations. Our effective tax rate may be adversely impacted by changes in the mix of earnings between jurisdictions with different statutory tax rates, in the valuation of our deferred tax assets, and by changes in tax rules and regulations. We continually monitor our deferred tax assets and when it becomes more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be recognized, a valuation allowance is recorded against those assets.
In addition, we are subject to examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and various other tax authorities in the jurisdictions in which we conduct business. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. There can be no assurance that the outcomes from these continuous examinations will not have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flow. Additionally, we continually review the adequacy of the valuation allowance and recognize the benefits of deferred tax assets only as the reassessment indicates that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be recognized. As such, we may release a portion of the valuation allowance or establish a new valuation allowance based on operations in the jurisdictions in which these assets arose. Management continues to evaluate all evidence including historical operating results, the existence of losses in the most recent year, forecasted earnings, future taxable income and tax planning strategies. Should management determine that a valuation allowance is needed in the future due to not being able to absorb deferred tax assets, it would have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In August 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act was signed into law, making several changes to the Internal Revenue Code, including a 1% excise tax on stock buybacks by publicly traded corporations and a 15% corporate minimum tax on adjusted financial statement income of certain large companies. The impact of these provisions on our effective tax rate will depend on additional guidance to be issued by the Secretary of the U.S. Department of the Treasury. We are currently evaluating the effect of these provisions in light of more recent legislation described below.
43
Additionally, in January 2026, the OECD Inclusive Framework released administrative guidance (the “Side-by-Side Package”) introducing a new Side-by-Side (“SbS”) Safe Harbor, an Ultimate Parent Entity (“UPE”) Safe Harbor, among other measures, effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2026. This elective SbS safe harbor deems top-up tax as zero for purposes of the Income Inclusion Rule (“IIR”) and Undertaxed Profits Rule (“UTPR”) for multinational enterprise groups with an ultimate parent entity in a qualifying jurisdiction, such as the United States (currently the only jurisdiction listed in the OECD Central Record as having a Qualified SbS Regime). As a result, qualifying U.S.-headquartered groups that make a valid election will have top-up tax deemed zero for IIR and UTPR purposes across domestic and foreign operations, subject to specified eligibility criteria. However, this relief does not eliminate Pillar Two obligations entirely, as qualified domestic minimum top-up taxes (“QDMTTs”) in implementing jurisdictions and GloBE (Global Anti-Base Erosion) Information Return (“GIR”) reporting requirements continue to apply. The Side-by-Side Package also extends the transitional country-by-country reporting safe harbor (“CbCR”) through fiscal year 2027, introduces a permanent simplified effective tax rate safe harbor applicable to fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2027, and establishes a substance-based tax incentive safe harbor applicable to fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2026 to better accommodate certain tax incentives. These developments have reconfigured key aspects of Pillar Two compliance, particularly for U.S.-based multinational groups, but require ongoing monitoring of jurisdictional implementations, potential future assessments of additional qualifying regimes, and a planned formal stocktake by 2029 that could identify and address risks to the global minimum tax framework. As a result, the tax laws in the U.S. and other countries in which we do business could change on a prospective or retroactive basis, including through refinements to these rules, new adoptions, or responses to evolving international developments, and any such changes could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
In July 2025, the U.S. enacted significant tax legislation commonly referred to as the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (“OBBBA”). The OBBBA makes permanent certain provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 and introduces additional changes affecting individuals and businesses. Key business-related provisions include the continuation of the 21% federal corporate income tax rate; enhancements to bonus depreciation and expensing rules, including 100% bonus depreciation for qualified property acquired after January 19, 2025, and full expensing of domestic research and experimental expenditures under Section 174A; and modifications to certain international provisions, including Net CFC Tested Income (NCTI, formerly GILTI) and Foreign-Derived Deduction Eligible Income (FDDEI, formerly FDII), with permanent Section 250 deductions generally effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2025. The OBBBA also includes other targeted measures, such as an excise tax on certain foreign remittances.
We have reviewed the OBBBA and continue to monitor and model its potential impact on our operations and effective tax rate. Based on our current analysis of the Company’s operating profile, we do not expect material effects on our 2025 fiscal year results or on our results in the near term, considering our existing tax profile. Many provisions that represent substantive changes to existing law, including adjustments to international tax regimes and certain deduction limitations, phase in in future years. While the impact of the OBBBA is uncertain, any increase in our tax exposure could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Interest rate fluctuations could increase our costs of borrowing money and negatively impact our financial condition and future operations.
Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary and tax policies, domestic and international economic and political considerations and other factors beyond our control. Changes in interest rates have impacted and may in the future further impact our costs of borrowing money under certain of our debt facilities with variable interest rates, which could negatively impact our financial condition and future operations.
We seek to only enter into transactions with creditworthy banks and financial institutions. To assess the creditworthiness of banks, we utilize current credit ratings from rating agencies, such as S&P, Moodyʼs and Fitch, as well as current default rates (credit default swaps). We are also in frequent dialogue with customers and suppliers to assess counterparty risks. Nevertheless, many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of our counterparty’s default. Any such losses could be material and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
44
Expectations relating to sustainability and governance matters expose the Company to potential liabilities, increased costs, reputational harm, and other adverse effects on the Company’s business.
Many governments, regulators, investors, employees, customers and other stakeholders are increasingly focused on sustainability and governance considerations relating to businesses, including climate change and greenhouse gas emissions, human and civil rights, and diversity, equity and inclusion. In addition, we may make statements about our sustainability and governance goals and initiatives through our website, press statements and other communications. Responding to these sustainability and governance considerations and implementation of these goals and initiatives involves risks and uncertainties, requires investments, and depends in part on third-party performance or data that is outside of our control. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to achieve our targets, further our initiatives, adhere to our public statements, comply with federal, state or international sustainability and governance laws and regulations, or meet evolving and varied stakeholder expectations and standards could result in legal and regulatory proceedings against us and materially adversely affect our business, reputation, results of operations, financial condition and stock price.
In addition, simultaneous, disparate and divergent sentiments on sustainability and governance-related matters from multiple stakeholder groups must be considered. For example, there is an increasing number of anti-sustainability and governance initiatives in the U.S., including with respect to diversity, equity and inclusion, that may conflict with other regulatory requirements or our various stakeholders' expectations. Such divergent, sometimes conflicting views on sustainability and governance-related matters increase the risk that any action or lack thereof by us on such matters will be perceived negatively by some stakeholders.
Further downgrades of the U.S. credit rating, automatic spending cuts, the current government shutdown or future government shutdowns could negatively impact our liquidity, financial condition and earnings.
U.S. debt ceiling and budget deficit concerns have increased the possibility of additional credit-rating downgrades and economic slowdowns, or a recession in the U.S. Although U.S. lawmakers passed legislation to raise the federal debt ceiling on multiple occasions, ratings agencies have lowered or threatened to lower the long-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. Most recently, on May 16, 2025, Moody’s downgraded the U.S. long-term issuer and senior unsecured ratings to Aa1 from Aaa and changed its outlook from negative to stable. This is in response to the increase in government debt and interest payment ratios to levels that are significantly higher than similarly rated sovereigns.
On July 4, 2025, President Trump signed the OBBBA into law. The bill increased the federal government’s debt limit by $5 trillion, making it unlikely that the limit will be reached in the immediate future. The effects of the bill and the continued budget deficits enabled thereunder remain uncertain.
The impact of this or any further downgrades to the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating or its perceived creditworthiness could adversely affect the U.S. and global financial markets and economic conditions. Absent further quantitative easing by the Federal Reserve, these developments could cause interest rates and borrowing costs to rise, which may negatively impact our ability to access the debt markets on favorable terms. Moreover, the current government shutdown or any future government shutdowns, as well as adverse political and economic conditions relating to such shutdowns, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
45
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY
Risk Management and Strategy
We recognize the importance of establishing governance and oversight over cybersecurity risks, and we have implemented mechanisms, controls, technologies, and processes designed to help us assess, identify, and manage these risks.
The landscape of cyber threats is constantly evolving, making it increasingly challenging to effectively defend against them or implement sufficient preventative measures. We have observed a rise in the volume, frequency, and sophistication of cyber-attacks. There can be no assurance that our controls and procedures in place to monitor and mitigate the risks of cyber threats, including the remediation of critical information security and software vulnerabilities, will be sufficient and/or timely and that we will not suffer material losses or consequences in the future. Additionally, while we have in place insurance coverage designed to address certain aspects of cyber risks, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all insured losses or all types of claims that may arise. For more information regarding the cybersecurity risks that we face, see “Risks Related to Our Control Environment – Breaches of our information systems and cyberattacks could compromise our intellectual property and cause significant damage to our business and reputation” included as part of our risk factor disclosures in Part I, Item 1A of this report.
We have adopted and continue to maintain a cybersecurity risk management program that implements various controls, technology, and procedures for the evaluation, identification, and handling of significant cybersecurity risks that could impact the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of our information systems.
Our practices include providing ongoing security awareness training for our global workforce, conducting ransomware and phishing simulations, deploying advanced tools for detecting and analyzing anomalous network activities, and implementing robust containment and incident response procedures. We leverage threat intelligence from our security vendors, as well as from trusted sources such as CISA and the FBI, to enhance our defenses and stay ahead of emerging threats. Additionally, we are committed to staying aligned with the latest industry standards and actively participating in industry forums to exchange insights and proactively address evolving cybersecurity challenges.
A critical component of our cybersecurity strategy is the integration of a third-party Security Operations Center support, which monitors our global network environment on a 24/7/365 basis, and is designed to rapidly identify and respond to threats.
Governance
Adtran maintains a cybersecurity governance structure led by its Information Security Management "ISM" team, which oversees the Company's cybersecurity risk management efforts. The ISM team ensures that appropriate controls are in place to protect Adtran’s corporate assets, ensuring their availability, confidentiality, and integrity. This risk management approach informs strategic decision-making, resource allocation, and oversight mechanisms.
46
Adtran employs a comprehensive cybersecurity program that integrates proactive risk management strategies to identify, assess, and mitigate cybersecurity threats. Key elements of this program include an Incident Response Plan to manage and resolve security incidents, regular vulnerability scanning to identify and address potential risks, and a structured patch management process to ensure timely remediation of security vulnerabilities. Additionally, the Company has established a dedicated Product Security Incident Response Team (PSIRT) to assess and respond to product security vulnerabilities. To strengthen its security culture, Adtran implements a Cybersecurity Testing and Awareness Program, requiring all employees to participate in quarterly cybersecurity assessments and complete mandatory annual training. This initiative ensures that employees remain well-informed about emerging cybersecurity threats and best practices, reinforcing a proactive security mindset across the organization.
Cybersecurity risk management is integrated into Adtran’s Enterprise Risk Management "ERM" program, in order to provide for continuous oversight and executive engagement. The ERM program undergoes quarterly executive reviews and annual assessments by the Board of Directors, and the Board receives regular briefings on cybersecurity risks, regulatory compliance, and security program updates from management. Key policies include the Information Security Program, which establishes governance principles across facilities, employees, business partners, and customers; the Cybersecurity Framework, which ensures compliance with ISO 27001 and industry standards; employee handbooks outlining security best practices; and the Incident Response Plan, which includes a material impact assessment workflow to support timely regulatory disclosures.
For additional discussion of risks associated with cybersecurity, see “Risk Factors – Breaches of our information systems and cyberattacks could compromise our intellectual property and cause significant damage to our business and reputation.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our global headquarters and certain administrative, engineering and manufacturing facilities are located on an 82-acre campus in Cummings Research Park in Huntsville, Alabama. The office buildings in Huntsville, Alabama serve both our Network Solutions and our Services & Support segments. We are currently in the process of selling a portion of our headquarters facility and expect to sell it within the next twelve months, so it is classified as assets held for sale on our balance sheet. We own a production and development facility in Meiningen, Germany. We lease a facility for our European headquarters in Munich, Germany. We lease engineering facilities in the U.S., EMEA and APAC that are used to develop products sold by our Network Solutions segment. In addition, we lease office space in North America, Latin America, EMEA and APAC, which provide sales and service support for both of our segments. These cancelable and non-cancelable leases expire at various times through 2038. For more information, see Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this report.
We also have numerous sales and support staff operating from home-based offices serving both our Network Solutions and our Services & Support segments, which are located within the U.S. and abroad.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The information presented under the captions "Legal Matters" and “DPLTA Appraisal Proceedings” in Note 17 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this report is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
47
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "ADTN" and the Frankfurt Stock Exchange under the symbol "QH9". As of February 9, 2026, we had 43 stockholders of record and approximately 19,352 beneficial owners of shares held in street name.
Dividends
The payment of any dividends will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will depend on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, and any other factors. In addition, the Wells Fargo Credit Agreement currently does not allow for the payment of dividends to stockholders.
Performance Graph
The graph below matches our cumulative 5-Year total stockholder return on common stock (specifically, the total stockholder return on ADTRAN, Inc.’s common stock for all periods prior to the merger of Acorn MergeCo, Inc., a subsidiary of ADTRAN Holdings, Inc., with and into ADTRAN, Inc., on July 8, 2022, after which ADTRAN, Inc. became a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. (the "Merger") and that of ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. following the Merger) with the cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ Telecommunications index and the NASDAQ Composite index. The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our common stock and in each index (with the reinvestment of all dividends) from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2025. In accordance with the rules of the SEC, this section, captioned “Performance Graph,” is not incorporated by reference into any of our future filings made under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Performance Graph, including its accompanying table and footnotes, is not deemed to be soliciting material or to be filed under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act.

* Assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 2020 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends through fiscal year ending December 31, 2025.
|
|
12/31/20 |
|
|
12/31/21 |
|
|
12/31/22 |
|
|
12/31/23 |
|
|
12/31/24 |
|
|
12/31/25 |
|
||||||
ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. |
|
$ |
100.00 |
|
|
$ |
157.43 |
|
|
$ |
131.83 |
|
|
$ |
52.87 |
|
|
$ |
60.00 |
|
|
$ |
62.59 |
|
NASDAQ Composite |
|
$ |
100.00 |
|
|
$ |
122.17 |
|
|
$ |
82.42 |
|
|
$ |
119.22 |
|
|
$ |
154.79 |
|
|
$ |
187.42 |
|
NASDAQ Telecommunications |
|
$ |
100.00 |
|
|
$ |
106.15 |
|
|
$ |
80.59 |
|
|
$ |
92.14 |
|
|
$ |
104.62 |
|
|
$ |
117.28 |
|
The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance. The Company's cumulative total returns for the period December 31, 2020 through December 31, 2021 relate to Adtran, Inc. prior to its business combination with Adtran Networks and the Company's cumulative total returns for the period December 31, 2022 through December 31, 2025 relate to Adtran Holdings, Inc. subsequent to the business combination with Adtran Networks.
48
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
Purchases of Equity Securities
During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company did not repurchase any shares of Company common stock as part of a publicly announced plan or program and there is no current authorization to repurchase Company common stock.
49
ITEM 6. RESERVED
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in Part II, Item 8 of this report. We have omitted discussion of the earliest of the three years of financial condition and results of operations and this information can be found in Part I, Item 7, “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors”, and Part I, Item 1, “Business”, included in Amendment No. 1 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, filed with the SEC on May 20, 2025 (the "2024 Form 10-K/A"), which is available free of charge on the SEC's website at http://www.sec.gov and on our website at www.adtran.com.
This discussion is designed to provide the reader with information that will assist in understanding our consolidated financial statements, the changes in certain key items in those financial statements from period to period, and the primary factors that accounted for those changes, as well as how certain accounting principles affect our consolidated financial statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” on page 2 of this report for a description of important factors that could cause actual results to differ from expected results. See also Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors, of this Form 10-K.
Overview
The Company is a leading global provider of networking and communications platforms, software, systems and services focused on carrier networks, data center interconnect for private enterprise networks and mission critical infrastructure. It is serving a diverse domestic and international customer base in multiple countries that includes Large, Medium and Small Service Providers, alternative Service Providers, such as utilities, municipalities and fiber overbuilders; cable/MSOs; SMBs; distributed enterprises, including Fortune 500 companies with sophisticated business continuity applications; hyper-scalers, neocloud and content providers and data center companies; and federal, state and local government agencies.
Our innovative solutions and services enable voice, data, video and internet-communications across a variety of network infrastructures and are currently in use by millions worldwide. We support our customers through our direct global sales organization and our distribution networks. Our success depends upon our ability to have customers adopt our technology, increase unit volume and market share through the introduction of new products and succeeding generations of products having optimal selling prices and increased functionality as compared to both the prior generation of a product and the products of competitors in order to gain market share. To service our customers and grow revenue, we are continually conducting research and developing new products addressing customer needs and testing those products for the specific requirements of the particular customers. We offer a broad portfolio of flexible software and hardware network solutions and services that enable Service Providers to meet today’s service demands while enabling them to transition to the fully converged, scalable, highly-automated, cloud-controlled voice, data, internet and video network of the future. In addition to our global headquarters in Huntsville, Alabama, and our European headquarters in Munich, Germany, we have sales and research and development facilities in strategic global locations.
The Company solely owns ADTRAN, Inc. and is the majority shareholder of Adtran Networks. Adtran is a leading global provider of open, disaggregated networking and communications solutions. Adtran Networks is a global provider of network solutions for data, storage, voice and video services. We believe that the combined technology portfolio can best address current and future customer needs for high-speed connectivity from the network core to the end consumer, especially upon the convergence of solutions at the network edge.
The chief operating decision maker regularly reviews the Company’s financial performance based on two reportable segments: (1) Network Solutions and (2) Services & Support. In addition to operating under two reportable segments, the Company also reports revenue across three categories – Subscriber Solutions, Access & Aggregation Solutions and Optical Networking Solutions.
Our Subscriber Solutions portfolio is used by Service Providers to terminate their access services infrastructure at customers' premises while providing an immersive and interactive experience for residential, business and wholesale subscribers. This revenue category includes hardware and software based products and services. These solutions include our Mosaic One SaaS applications featuring AI driven operations, fiber termination solutions for residential, business and wholesale subscribers, Wi-Fi access solutions for residential and business subscribers, Ethernet switching and network edge virtualization solutions for business subscribers and cloud software solutions covering a mix of subscriber types.
Our Access & Aggregation Solutions are solutions that are used by communications Service Providers to connect residential subscribers, business subscribers and mobile radio networks to the Service Providers’ metro network, primarily through fiber-based connectivity. This revenue category includes hardware- and software-based products and services. Our solutions within this category are a mix of fiber access and aggregation platforms, precision network synchronization and timing solutions and access orchestration solutions that ensure highly reliable and efficient network performance.
50
Our Optical Networking Solutions are used by communications Service Providers, internet content providers and large-scale enterprises to securely interconnect metro and regional networks over fiber. This revenue category includes hardware and software based products and services. Our solutions within this category include open optical terminals, open line systems, optical subsystems and modules, network infrastructure assurance systems and automation platforms that are used to build high-scale, secure and assured optical networks.
Adtran Networks Domination and Profit and Loss Transfer Agreement
The DPLTA between the Company, as the controlling company, and Adtran Networks, as the controlled company, which was executed on December 1, 2022, became effective on January 16, 2023, as a result of its registration with the commercial register (Handelsregister) of the local court (Amtsgericht) at the registered seat of Adtran Networks (Jena).
Under the DPLTA, subject to certain limitations pursuant to applicable law and the specific terms of the DPLTA, (i) the Company is
entitled to issue binding instructions to the management board of Adtran Networks, (ii) Adtran Networks will transfer its annual profit to the Company, subject to, among other things, the creation or dissolution of certain reserves, and (iii) the Company will generally absorb the annual net loss incurred by Adtran Networks. The Company’s payment obligation in satisfaction of the requirement that it absorb Adtran Networks’ annual net loss applies to the net loss generated by Adtran Networks in 2025 and it will apply to any net loss generated by Adtran Networks in 2026.
Additionally, and subject to certain limitations pursuant to applicable law and the specific terms of the DPLTA, the DPLTA provides that Adtran Networks shareholders (other than us) be offered, at their election, (i) to put their Adtran Networks shares to the Company in exchange for compensation in cash of €17.21 per share plus guaranteed interest (the "Exit Compensation"), or (ii) to remain Adtran Networks shareholders and receive a recurring compensation in cash of €0.52 per share for each full fiscal year of Adtran Networks (the “Annual Recurring Compensation”). The guaranteed interest component under the Exit Compensation is calculated from the effective date of the DPLTA to the date the shares are tendered, less any Annual Recurring Compensation paid. The guaranteed interest rate is 5.0% plus a variable component that was 1.27% as of December 31, 2025. The Annual Recurring Compensation is due on the third banking day following the ordinary general shareholders’ meeting of Adtran Networks for the respective preceding fiscal year (but in any event within eight months following expiration of the fiscal year). With respect to the 2024 fiscal year, Adtran Networks’ ordinary general shareholder meeting occurred on June 28, 2025, and therefore, the Annual Recurring Compensation was paid on July 1, 2025. With respect to the 2025 fiscal year, Adtran Networks’ ordinary general shareholder meeting is scheduled for the second quarter of 2026, and the Annual Recurring Compensation will be due on the third banking day following the meeting. The adequacy of both forms of compensation has been challenged by minority shareholders of Adtran Networks via court-led appraisal proceedings under German law, and it is possible that the courts in such appraisal proceedings may adjudicate a higher Exit Compensation (including interest thereon) or Annual Recurring Compensation than agreed upon in the DPLTA.
The opportunity for outside Adtran Networks shareholders to tender Adtran Networks shares in exchange for Exit Compensation had been scheduled to expire on March 16, 2023. However, due to the appraisal proceedings that were initiated in 2023 in accordance with applicable German law, this time period for tendering shares has been extended pursuant to the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz) and will end two months after the date on which a final decision in such appraisal proceedings has been published in the Federal Gazette (Bundesanzeiger). Following the court's decision on a procedural matter in the DPLTA appraisal proceedings on July 14, 2025, the trial on the merits of the DPLTA has recommenced. It is expected to take a minimum of 12 months for a ruling of the court on the merits and such ruling will most likely be appealed, which would be expected to take an additional 12-24 months to be resolved. Accordingly, the Company does not expect a final decision on the DPLTA appraisal proceedings to be rendered and published prior to 2027, and most likely not until 2028 or beyond.
For the year ended December 31, 2025, 2.0 million shares of Adtran Networks stock were tendered to the Company. This resulted in total Exit Compensation payments of approximately €40.2 million, or approximately $46.6 million, based on exchange rates at the time of the transactions, being paid to Adtran Networks shareholders. For the year ended December 31, 2024, approximately 0.8 million shares of Adtran Networks stock were tendered to the Company. This resulted in total Exit Compensation payments of €15.7 million, or approximately $17.4 million, based on exchange rates at the time of the transactions, being paid to Adtran Networks shareholders.
In summary, the Company believes that its cash and cash equivalents, working capital management initiatives and availability to access cash under the Wells Fargo credit facility or other future sources of capital will be adequate to meet our business operating requirements, our capital expenditures and our expected obligations under both the Notes and the DPLTA, including anticipated levels of Exit Compensation, as well as to support our ability to continue to comply with our debt covenants under the Credit Facility for at least the next twelve months, from the issuance of these financial statements. See Note 10, Credit Agreement, for additional information regarding the terms of the Amendments of the Credit Agreement.
We currently hold 36,871,784 no-par value bearer shares of Adtran Networks, representing 70.8% of Adtran Networks outstanding shares as of December 31, 2025.
51
The foregoing description of the DPLTA does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the DPLTA, a non-binding English translation of which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Financial Performance and Trends
We ended 2025 with a year-over-year revenue increase of 17.5%, driven by increased volume of sales activity due to a return of normalized customer spending, increased growth due to fiber expansion brought about by higher service provider spending, vendor consolidation, a continuing shift away from high-risk vendors, increased demand for modernizing and upgrading critical infrastructure within governments, utilities, large enterprises, and bandwidth hungry applications including, AI. During 2025, we had one customer with revenues greater than 10.0% which was an international Service Provider, and our next five largest customers comprised 20.4% of our revenue. Our year-over-year U.S. revenue increased by 20.7% due to a return to normalized customer spending and fiber expansion. Internationally, our year-over-year revenue increased by 15.0%, primarily driven by fiber expansion. For 2025 our Access & Aggregation, Subscriber Solutions and Optical Networking revenue categories all experienced increased volume of sales activity year-over-year due to growth across geographies, most product lines, and the continued expansion of our customer base.
Our revenues have fluctuated in recent years and they may continue to fluctuate going forward. However, during the year ended December 31, 2025, our operating results improved due to recovery in end markets, including a decrease in inventories held by customers, improving margins and tight operational cost controls. Additionally, public funding through the Broadband Equity, Access and Deployment Program ("BEAD") is expected to commence in 2026, which provides a positive outlook for the future. We have also taken steps to transform our business into a leaner, more efficient and more profitable company, including the completion of our business efficiency program (the "Business Efficiency Program"). Nevertheless, our operating expenses are relatively fixed in the short term.
Our operating results improved due to slowly stabilizing revenues, improving margins and tight operational cost controls. In addition, we continue to support our customer demand for our products by working with our suppliers, contract manufacturers, distributors, and customers to address and to limit potential disruptions to our operations and order fulfillment. Moreover, maintaining sufficient inventory levels to assure prompt delivery of our products increases the amount of inventory that may become obsolete and increases the risk that the obsolescence of this inventory may have an additional adverse effect on our business and operating results beyond the effects of the most recent inventory write-downs. On the other hand, not maintaining sufficient inventory levels to ensure prompt delivery of our products may cause us to incur expediting costs to meet customer delivery requirements, which may negatively impact our operating results.
Trade Policy/Tariffs
During the year ended December 31, 2025 and continuing to the date of this filing, the U.S. introduced trade policy actions that have increased import tariffs across a wide range of countries at various rates, with certain exemptions. On February 20, 2026, the United States Supreme Court issued a ruling striking down certain tariffs previously imposed under the IEEPA. The ultimate availability, timing, and amount of any potential refunds of such tariffs remain highly uncertain and are subject to further legal, regulatory, and administrative developments. Following the Supreme Court’s decision, the U.S. presidential administration announced its intention to invoke other laws to collect tariffs and announced new tariffs on imports from all countries, in addition to any existing non-IEEPA tariffs (including tariffs on semiconductors, which are expected to increase in June 2027). Furthermore, recent U.S. trade actions have triggered retaliatory actions by certain affected countries, and other foreign governments may impose further trade measures, including reciprocal tariffs, on certain U.S. goods in the future. There remains substantial uncertainty regarding the duration of existing and newly announced tariffs, potential changes or pauses to such tariffs, tariff levels, and whether further additional tariffs or other retaliatory actions may be imposed, modified, or suspended, and the impacts of such actions on our business. These changes in U.S. trade policy and subsequent retaliatory actions have the potential to materially alter various input costs for the Company. Moreover, related costs and the uncertainty arising from such changes in trade policy may result in shifts in customer behavior, such as decreased demand. These impacts could have a negative effect on our financial results, including our revenue and profitability. To help mitigate this, we have taken steps to diversify our supply chain, manufacturing locations and relationships with suppliers to give us added flexibility. For example, beginning in the first quarter of 2026 our suppliers will be able to ship products directly to a free trade zone which is set to open at our Huntsville, Alabama facility, which we expect to further mitigate the impact of tariffs. See “Changes in trade policy in the U.S. and other countries, including the imposition of additional tariffs and the resulting consequences, may adversely impact our gross profits, gross margins, results of operations and financial condition,” in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” of this report for further discussion of the risks associated with the changes to U.S. and foreign trade policies.
Enactment of the “One Big Beautiful Bill Act”
On July 4, 2025, the “One Big Beautiful Bill Act” (OBBBA) was signed into law in the U.S. Key corporate tax provisions include the restoration of 100% bonus depreciation under Section 168(k) for qualified property acquired after January 19, 2025; immediate expensing of domestic research and experimental (R&E) expenditures under new Section 174A (with foreign R&E continuing to be capitalized and amortized over 15 years), effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2024; restoration of the EBITDA-based limitation on business interest expense under Section 163(j) for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2024; updates to certain international provisions, including Net CFC Tested Income (NCTI, formerly GILTI) and Foreign-Derived Deduction Eligible Income
52
(FDDEI, formerly FDII), with permanent Section 250 deductions effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2025; amendments to energy credits, including accelerated phase outs or modifications for certain clean energy incentives; and expanded Section 162(m) aggregation requirements that apply the $1 million deduction limitation on an aggregate basis across controlled group members.
In accordance with ASC 740, the effects of the new tax law are recognized in the period of enactment. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the OBBBA; however, it does not currently expect the law to have a material impact on its effective tax rate or cash flows in the current fiscal year.
Issuance of Convertible Senior Notes
On September 19, 2025, the Company issued $201.3 million principal amount of its 3.75% convertible senior notes due 2030 (the “2030 Notes” or “Notes”). The 2030 Notes were issued pursuant to, and are governed by, an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of September 19, 2025, between the Company and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). Pursuant to the purchase agreement between the Company and Evercore Group, L.L.C., as representative of the several initial purchasers of the Notes, the Company granted the initial purchasers an option to purchase, for settlement within a period of 13 days from, and including, the date the Notes are first issued, up to an additional approximately $26.3 million principal amount of Notes. The Notes issued on September 19, 2025 include approximately $26.3 million principal amount of Notes issued pursuant to the full exercise by the initial purchasers of such option. See Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this report for more details.
Capped Call Transactions
In connection with the 2030 Notes, the Company has entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions with one of the initial purchasers of the Notes or its affiliate and certain other financial institutions pursuant to capped call confirmations (collectively, the “Capped Calls”). The Capped Calls are generally expected to reduce potential dilution to the Company’s common stock and/or offset any cash payments that the Company is required to make in excess of the principal amount of any converted 2030 Notes, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap. See Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this report for more details.
Foreign Currency
We are exposed to changes in foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar, which are references to the differences between the foreign-exchanges rates we use to convert the financial results of our international operations from local currencies into U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. This impact of foreign-exchange rate changes is calculated based on the difference between the current period’s currency exchange rates and that of the comparable prior period. Our primary exposures to foreign currency exchange rate movements are with the euro and the British pound. As a result of our global operations, our revenue, gross margin, operating expense and operating loss in some international markets has been and may continue to be affected by foreign currency fluctuations.
Goodwill Impairment
The Company’s policy is to assess the realizability of assets (long-lived assets, intangibles and goodwill) held within our reporting units and to evaluate such assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable.
No impairment of goodwill was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2025. During the first quarter of 2024, qualitative factors such as a decrease in the Company’s market capitalization, lower service provider spending and delayed holding patterns of inventory with respect to customers caused us to reduce our forecasts, triggering a quantitative impairment assessment for our reporting units. The Company determined the fair value of the Network Solutions reporting unit using a combination of an income approach and a market-based peer group analysis. The Company determined upon its quantitative impairment assessment to recognize a $297.4 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge for the Network Solutions reporting unit during the year ended December 31, 2024. The quantitative impairment analysis indicated there was no impairment of the Services & Support goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2024.
Business Efficiency Program
During the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company initiated a Business Efficiency Program designed to optimize the assets, business processes, and information technology systems of the Company in relation to the business combination with Adtran Networks. The Business Efficiency Program included expenses specifically associated with achieving run-rate synergies as well as Business Efficiency Program expenses described below. See Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part II, Item 8 of this report for additional information.
53
We did not incur any Business Efficiency Program costs during the year ended December 31, 2025. The Company reduced previously accrued costs related to the Business Efficiency Program by $0.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2025. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, we recognized $44.7 million and $25.1 million, respectively, of costs relating to the Business Efficiency Program, respectively. As of December 31, 2025, all expenses related to the Business Efficiency Program have been paid.
Our historical financial performance is not necessarily a meaningful indicator of future results, and in general, management expects that our financial results may vary from period to period. For a discussion of risks associated with our operating results, see Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors of this report.
Results of Operations
The following table presents selected financial information derived from our Consolidated Statements of Loss expressed as a percentage of revenue for the years indicated. Amounts may not foot due to rounding.
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||||||
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|||
Revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Network Solutions |
|
|
82.8 |
% |
|
|
80.1 |
% |
|
|
84.8 |
% |
Services & Support |
|
|
17.2 |
|
|
|
19.9 |
|
|
|
15.2 |
|
Total Revenue |
|
|
100.0 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
|
Cost of Revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Network Solutions |
|
|
54.6 |
|
|
|
56.1 |
|
|
|
63.1 |
|
Network Solutions - other (credits), charges and inventory write-down |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
Services & Support |
|
|
7.1 |
|
|
|
7.9 |
|
|
|
6.0 |
|
Total Cost of Revenue |
|
|
61.7 |
|
|
|
64.9 |
|
|
|
71.2 |
|
Gross Profit |
|
|
38.3 |
|
|
|
35.1 |
|
|
|
28.8 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
20.9 |
|
|
|
25.2 |
|
|
|
22.5 |
|
Research and development expenses |
|
|
18.8 |
|
|
|
24.0 |
|
|
|
22.5 |
|
Goodwill impairments |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
32.2 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
Operating Loss |
|
|
(1.4 |
) |
|
|
(46.3 |
) |
|
|
(19.5 |
) |
Interest and dividend income |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(1.8 |
) |
|
|
(2.4 |
) |
|
|
(1.4 |
) |
Net investment gain |
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
Other (expense) income, net |
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
Loss Before Income Taxes |
|
|
(2.9 |
) |
|
|
(48.0 |
) |
|
|
(20.3 |
) |
Income tax expense |
|
|
(0.5 |
) |
|
|
(0.8 |
) |
|
|
(2.5 |
) |
Net Loss |
|
|
(3.3 |
)% |
|
|
(48.8 |
)% |
|
|
(22.8 |
)% |
Net Income attributable to non-controlling interest |
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
Net Loss attributable to ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. |
|
|
(4.2 |
)% |
|
|
(49.8 |
)% |
|
|
(23.4 |
)% |
The following discussion and financial information are presented to aid in an understanding of our current consolidated financial position, changes in financial position, results of operations and cash flows and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included herein. The emphasis of the discussion is a comparison of the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. For a discussion of a comparison of the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, please refer to Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2024, filed with the SEC on May 20, 2025.
Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024
Revenue
Our revenue increased 17.5% from $922.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 to $1,083.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. The increase in revenue for the year ended December 31, 2025 was driven by increased volume of sales activity due to a return of normalized customer spending, increased growth due to fiber expansion brought about by higher service provider spending, vendor consolidation, a continuing shift away from high-risk vendors, increased demand for modernizing and upgrading critical infrastructure within governments, utilities, large enterprises, and bandwidth-hungry applications, including AI, partially offset by a decrease in revenue related to installation/system integration services. The increase in revenue by category for the year ended
54
December 31, 2025, was primarily attributable to a $79.4 million increase in Optical Networking Solutions products and services, a $38.3 million increase in Subscriber Solutions products and services and a $43.4 million increase in Access & Aggregation products and services. All revenue categories for the year ended December 31, 2025 experienced increased volume of sales activity due to growth across geographies, most product lines, and the continued expansion of our customer base.
Network Solutions segment revenue increased 21.4% from $739.0 million in 2024 to $896.9 million in 2025, primarily attributable to $71.3 million increase in Optical Networking Solutions products, a $45.9 million increase in Access & Aggregation Solutions and a $40.8 million increase in Subscriber Solutions category.
Services & Support revenue increased 1.7% from $183.8 million in 2024 to $186.9 million in 2025. The increase in revenue for 2025 was primarily attributable to $8.1 million increase in revenue for Optical Networking Solutions products partially offset by a $2.5 million decrease in revenue for Access & Aggregation Solutions revenue and a $2.5 million decrease in revenue for Subscriber Solutions services.
Domestic revenue increased 20.7% from $398.2 million in 2024 to $480.8 million in 2025, was primarily due to an increase in volume of sales activity due to a return of normalized customer spending and increased growth due to fiber expansion.
International revenue, which is defined as revenue generated from the Network Solutions and Services & Support segments provided to a customer outside of the U.S., increased 15.0% from $524.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 to $603.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. The increase in international revenue in 2025 was primarily due to increased volume of sales activity due to a return of normalized customer spending and, increased growth due to fiber expansion. International revenue, as a percentage of total revenue, decreased from 56.8% for the year ended December 31, 2024 to 55.6% for the year ended December 31, 2025. For the year ended December 31, 2025 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, changes in foreign currencies relative to the U.S dollar increased our net revenue by approximately $17.8 million.
Our ADTRAN, Inc. international revenue is largely focused on broadband infrastructure and is consequently affected by the decisions of our customers as to timing for installation of new technologies, expansion of their networks and/or network upgrades. Our international customers must make these decisions in the regulatory and political environment in which they operate – both nationally and in some instances, regionally – whether of a multi-country region or a more local region within a country. Consequently, while we expect the global trend towards deployment of more robust broadband speeds and access to continue creating additional market opportunities for us, the factors described above may result in pressure on revenue and operating income. Our Adtran Networks international revenue is largely focused on the manufacture and selling of networking solutions that are based on three core areas of expertise: fiber-optic transmission technology (cloud interconnect), cloud access technology for rapid creation of innovative services around the network edge and solutions for precise timing and synchronization of networks. In addition, Adtran Networks' international operations offers a comprehensive portfolio of network design, implementation and maintenance services to assist operators in the deployment of market-leading networks while reducing their cost to maintain these networks.
Cost of Revenue
As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenue decreased from 64.9% for the year ended December 31, 2024 to 61.7% for the year ended December 31, 2025. The decrease in cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, was attributable to a 2.6% decrease in restructuring expense and labor cost expense as a percentage of revenue as a result of our previous Business Efficiency Program, which was completed as of December 31, 2024 and a 1.3% decrease in expense as a percentage of revenue attributable to changes in customer and product mix, partially offset by a 0.7% increase in expense as a percentage of revenue attributable to changes in foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar. For the year ended December 31, 2025, changes in foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar increased our cost of revenue by approximately $8.9 million.
Network Solutions cost of revenue, as a percentage of that segment’s revenue, decreased from 71.2% of revenue in 2024 to 66.0% of revenue in 2025. The decrease in Network Solutions cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, was attributable to a 3.2% decrease in expense as a percentage of revenue attributable to changes in customer and product mix, and a 2.7% decrease in restructuring expense and labor cost expense as a percentage of revenue as a result of our previous Business Efficiency Program, partially offset by a 0.8% increase in expense as a percentage of revenue attributable to changes in foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar.
Services & Support cost of revenue, as a percentage of that segment’s revenue, increased from 39.6% of revenue in 2024 to 41.0% of revenue in 2025.
Services & Support revenue is comprised of network planning and implementation, maintenance, support and cloud-based management services, with network planning and implementation being the largest and fastest growing component in the long-term. Compared to our other services, such as maintenance, support and cloud-based management services, our network planning and implementation services typically utilize a higher percentage of internal and subcontracted engineers, professionals and contractors to perform the work for customers. The additional costs incurred to perform these infrastructure and labor-intensive services inherently result in lower
55
average gross margins as compared to maintenance and support services. Within the Services & Support segment, we do expect variability in gross margins from quarter-to-quarter based on the mix of the services recognized.
Gross Profit
As a percentage of revenue, gross profit increased from 35.1% for the year ended December 31, 2024 to 38.3% for the year ended December 31, 2025. The increase in gross profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, was attributable to 2.6% increase in gross profit as a percentage of revenue due to a decrease in restructuring expense and labor cost as a result of our previous Business Efficiency Program, and a 0.5% increase in gross profit as a percentage of revenue due to changes in customer and product mix.
As a percentage of that segment's revenue, Network Solutions gross profit increased from 28.8% for the year ended December 31, 2024 to 34.0% for the year ended December 31, 2025. The increase in gross profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, was attributable to a 2.3% increase in gross profit as a percentage of revenue due to changes in customer and product mix and a 2.7% increase in gross profit as a percentage of revenue due to a decrease in restructuring expense and labor cost as a result of our previous Business Efficiency Program.
As a percentage of that segment's revenue, Services & Support gross profit decreased from 60.4% for the year ended December 31, 2024 to 59.0% for the year ended December 31, 2025.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased from 25.2% for the year ended December 31, 2024, to 20.9% for the year ended December 31, 2025. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue will generally fluctuate whenever there is a significant fluctuation in revenue for the periods being compared. We have completed implementation of our Business Efficiency Program as of December 31, 2024. We expect to continue to see lower selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue over time.
Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased 2.9% from $232.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, to $226.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. Selling, general and administrative expenses include personnel costs for management, accounting, information technology, human resources, sales and marketing, as well as independent auditor, tax and other professional fees, contract services and legal and litigation related costs. The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, was primarily attributable to decreases of $14.7 million for acquisition/integration related expenses, $1.9 million for restructuring expense, and $1.4 million for employee-related costs partially offset by increases of $8.4 million for professional fees and other costs, $2.2 million for travel related costs and $1.4 million for depreciation expense. For the year ended December 31, 2025, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, changes in foreign currencies relative to the U.S dollar increased our selling, general and administrative expenses by approximately $3.8 million.
Research and Development Expenses
As a percentage of revenue, research and development expense decreased from 24.0% for the year ended December 31, 2024, to 18.8% for the year ended December 31, 2025. Research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue will generally fluctuate whenever there are incremental product development activities or significant fluctuations in revenue for the periods being compared. We have completed implementation of our Business Efficiency Program as of December 31, 2024. We expect to continue to see lower research and development expense as a percentage of revenue over time.
Research and development expenses decreased 7.8% from $221.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, to $204.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. The decrease in research and development expenses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, was primarily attributable to decreases of $6.2 million for employee-related costs, $6.1 million for restructuring expense, $0.8 million for professional services, $0.6 million for contract services and $2.1 million of additional research and development subsidies. For the year ended December 31, 2025 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, changes in foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar increased our research and development expenses by approximately $4.2 million.
Adtran Networks has arrangements with governmental entities for the purposes of obtaining funding for research and development activities. The Company classifies government grants received under these arrangements as a reduction to research and development expense incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company recognized $11.8 million and $9.7 million, respectively, as a reduction of research and development expense.
We expect to continue to incur research and development expenses in connection with our new and existing products. We continually evaluate new product opportunities and engage in significant research and product development efforts, which provides for new product development, enhancement of existing products and product cost reductions. We may incur significant research and development expenses prior to the receipt of revenue from a major new product group.
56
Goodwill Impairment
There was no goodwill impairment recognized during the year ended December 31, 2025.
During the first quarter of 2024, qualitative factors such as a decrease in the Company’s market capitalization, cautious service provider spending due to economic uncertainty and continued customer focus on inventory adjustments, triggered a quantitative impairment assessment for our reporting units for goodwill and long-lived assets. The Company determined upon its quantitative impairment assessment to recognize a $297.4 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge for the Network Solutions reporting unit.
Interest and Dividend Income
Interest and dividend income decreased from $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. The decrease in interest and dividend income is primarily attributable to fluctuations in investment balances and a decrease in the rate of return on those investments due to interest rate movements.
Interest Expense
Interest expense decreased from $22.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 to $19.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. The decrease in interest expense was primarily driven by the issuance of the 2030 Notes which accrues interest at 4.7% and the repayment of the majority of the Credit Agreement which accrued interest at 9.0% in 2025 versus the twelve months ending December 31, 2024. See Notes 10 and 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part II, Item 8 of this report and “Financing Activities” in “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below.
Net Investment Gain
We recognized a net investment gain of $3.6 million and $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025, respectively. The fluctuations in our net investments were primarily attributable to market driven changes in the fair value of our securities recognized during the period. We expect that any future market volatility could result in continued fluctuations in our investment portfolio. See “Investing Activities” in “Liquidity and Capital Resources” of this report and Note 1 and Note 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this report for additional information.
Other (Expense) Income, net
Other (expense) income, net, which primarily consisted of gains and losses on foreign currency transactions and income from excess material sales, decreased from income of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 to expense of $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2025.
Income Tax Expense
Our effective tax rate changed from an expense of 1.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 to an expense of 16.0% for the year ended December 31, 2025. The change in the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2025, was driven primarily by changes in the mix of earnings between jurisdictions with different statutory tax rates and changes in our valuation allowance. See Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this report for additional information.
Net Loss Attributable to ADTRAN Holdings, Inc.
As a result of the above factors, our net loss attributable to ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. decreased from a net loss of $459.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 to a net loss of $45.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. As a percentage of revenue, net loss was 49.8% for the year ended December 31, 2024 and net loss was 4.2% for the year ended December 31, 2025.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity
We generally finance our ongoing business with existing cash, investments, credit arrangements and cash flow from operations to manage our working capital needs. We had a positive cash flow from operating activities of $129.8 million in the twelve months ended December 31, 2025. We have used, and expect to continue to use, existing cash, credit arrangements and cash generated from operations for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including product development activities to enhance our existing products and develop new products, expand our sales and marketing activities and fund capital expenditures.
As of December 31, 2025, our cash on hand was $95.7 million of which $87.5 million was held by our foreign subsidiaries. The Company had access to $319.2 million on its Credit Facility for future borrowings, based on debt covenant compliance metrics. Generally, we intend to permanently reinvest funds held outside the U.S., except to the extent that any of these funds can be repatriated without withholding tax. As of December 31, 2024, our cash on hand was $76.0 million, of which $52.6 million was held by our foreign subsidiaries.
57
Under the DPLTA, subject to certain limitations pursuant to applicable law and the specific terms of the DPLTA, (i) the Company is entitled to issue binding instructions to the management board of Adtran Networks, (ii) Adtran Networks will transfer its annual profit to the Company, subject to, among other things, the creation or dissolution of certain reserves, and (iii) the Company will absorb the annual net loss incurred by Adtran Networks. The Company’s payment obligation in satisfaction of the requirement that it absorb Adtran Networks’ annual net loss applies to the net loss generated by Adtran Networks in 2025, and it will apply to any net loss generated by Adtran Networks in 2026.
Pursuant to the terms of the DPLTA, each Adtran Networks shareholder (other than the Company) has received an offer to elect either (1) to remain an Adtran Networks shareholder and receive from us an Annual Recurring Compensation payment, or (2) to receive Exit Compensation plus guaranteed interest. The guaranteed interest under the Exit Compensation is calculated from the effective date of the DPLTA to the date the shares are tendered, less any Annual Recurring Compensation paid. The guaranteed interest rate is 5.0% plus a variable component (according to the German Civil Code) that was 1.27% as of December 31, 2025. Assuming all the minority holders of currently outstanding Adtran Networks shares were to elect the second option, we would be obligated to make aggregate Exit Compensation payments, including guaranteed interest, of approximately €303.9 million or approximately $357.0 million, based on an exchange rate as of December 31, 2025 and reflecting interest accrued through December 31, 2025 during the pendency of the appraisal proceedings discussed below. Shareholders electing the first option of Annual Recurring Compensation may later elect the second option. The opportunity for outside Adtran Networks shareholders to tender Adtran Networks shares in exchange for Exit Compensation had been scheduled to expire on March 16, 2023. However, due to the appraisal proceedings that were initiated in 2023 in accordance with applicable German law, this time period for tendering shares has been extended pursuant to the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz) and will end two months after the date on which a final decision in such appraisal proceedings has been published in the Federal Gazette (Bundesanzeiger). Following the court's decision on a procedural matter in the DPLTA appraisal proceedings on July 14, 2025, the proceeding for the trial on the merits of the DPLTA has recommenced. It is expected to take a minimum of 12 months for a ruling of the court on the merits and such ruling will most likely be appealed, which would be expected to take an additional 12-24 months to be resolved. Accordingly, the Company does not expect a final decision on the DPLTA appraisal proceedings to be rendered and published prior to 2027, and most likely not until 2028 or beyond.
Additionally, our obligation to pay Annual Recurring Compensation under the DPLTA is a continuing payment obligation, which will amount to approximately €7.9 million or $9.3 million (based on the current exchange rate) per year assuming none of the minority Adtran Networks shareholders were to elect Exit Compensation. The foregoing amounts do not reflect any potential increase in payment obligations that we may have depending on the outcome of ongoing appraisal proceedings in Germany. The Annual Recurring Compensation is due on the third banking day following the ordinary general shareholders’ meeting of Adtran Networks for the respective preceding fiscal year (but in any event within eight months following expiration of the fiscal year). With respect to the 2023 fiscal year, Adtran Networks’ ordinary general shareholders’ meeting occurred on June 28, 2024; therefore, the Annual Recurring Compensation was paid on July 3, 2024. With respect to the 2024 fiscal year, Adtran Networks’ ordinary general shareholder meeting occurred on June 28, 2025, and therefore, the Annual Recurring Compensation was paid on July 1, 2025. With respect to the 2025 fiscal year, Adtran Networks’ ordinary general shareholder meeting is scheduled for the second quarter of 2026, and the Annual Recurring Compensation will be due on the third banking day following the meeting. During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, we accrued $9.3 million and $9.8 million, respectively, in Annual Recurring Compensation which is reflected as an increase to retained deficit.
As of December 31, 2025, and as of the date of issuance of these financial statements, the Company has sufficient liquidity through its operating cash flow and the borrowings available under the Credit Facility to meet a majority of its payment obligations under the DPLTA pertaining to Exit Compensation. For the year ended December 31, 2025, approximately 2.0 million shares of Adtran Networks stock were tendered to the Company. This resulted in total Exit Compensation payments of approximately €40.2 million, or approximately $46.6 million, based on exchange rates at the time of the transactions, being paid to Adtran Networks shareholders. For the year ended December 31, 2024, a total of 0.8 million shares of Adtran Networks stock was tendered to the Company and Exit Compensation payments of approximately €15.7 million or approximately $17.4 million based on an exchange rate as of December 31, 2024, were paid to Adtran Networks shareholders. We believe the probability that more than a small minority of Adtran Networks shareholders elect to receive Exit Compensation in the next twelve months is remote based on the following factors: (i) the shareholders can exercise their right to receive the Exit Compensation until two months after publication of the final decision in the appraisal proceedings and we do not expect the final decision to be published within the next 12 months; (ii) the diverse base of shareholders that must make this election on an individual shareholder basis; (iii) the fact that the date of a decision by the court on the merits of the case is uncertain, it will likely take a minimum of 12 months for a ruling on the merits and thereafter, an expected appeal process will take a further 12-24 months to resolve; (iv) the current guaranteed Annual Recurring Compensation payment; and (v) the current trading value of Adtran Networks shares.
58
In summary, the Company believes that its cash and cash equivalents, working capital management initiatives and availability to access cash under the Wells Fargo Credit Facility or other future sources of capital, will be adequate to meet our business operating requirements, our capital expenditures and our expected obligations under both the Notes and the DPLTA, including anticipated levels of Exit Compensation, as well as to support our ability to continue to comply with our debt covenants under the Credit Facility for at least the next twelve months, from the issuance of these Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K See Note 10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part I, Item 8 of this report for additional information regarding the terms of the Wells Fargo Credit Agreement as amended.
Debt Obligations
Wells Fargo Credit Facility
On July 18, 2022, ADTRAN, Inc., as the borrower ("U.S. Borrower"), and the Company entered into a credit agreement with a syndicate of banks, including Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent (“Administrative Agent”), and the other lenders named therein (the “Original Credit Agreement”), as amended by the First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated August 9, 2023 (“Amendment No. 1”), the Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated January 16, 2024 (“Amendment No. 2”), the Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated March 12, 2024 (“Amendment No. 3”), the Fourth Amendment to Credit Amendment, dated June 4, 2024, among Adtran Networks (the "German Borrower") and the parties set forth above ("Amendment No. 4") and the Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement and Waiver, dated May 6, 2025, among the German Borrower and the parties set forth above (“Amendment No. 5”; the Original Credit Agreement as amended by Amendment No. 1, Amendment No. 2. Amendment No. 3, Amendment No. 4 and Amendment No. 5, the “Existing Credit Agreement”).
On September 16, 2025, the U.S. Borrower, the Company, the German Borrower, and the lenders party thereto, including the Administrative Agent, entered into the Sixth Amendment and Consent to Credit Agreement, dated September 16, 2025 (“Amendment No. 6”; the Existing Credit Agreement as amended by Amendment No. 6, the “Amended Credit Agreement”). Amendment No. 6, among other things, (i) provides for a consent from the lenders to the issuance by the Company of new unsecured convertible indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $230.0 million, notwithstanding the cap on the amount of Permitted Convertible Indebtedness (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) the Company is permitted to incur, (ii) requires that the net cash proceeds of the new unsecured convertible indebtedness be used to (a) repay outstanding revolving credit loans under the Amended Credit Agreement, (b) pay fees, costs, and expenses related to Amendment No. 6 and the issuance of the new unsecured convertible indebtedness and (c) cash collateralize the obligations of the Company and its subsidiaries under the Amended Credit Agreement (with such cash only being permitted to be withdrawn for the purpose of financing the purchase of additional outstanding shares of Equity Interests (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) of the German Borrower that were not owned by the Company and its subsidiaries as of August 9, 2023 pursuant to Section 5, paragraph 1 of the DPLTA), and (iii) after the prepayment contemplated in the foregoing clause (ii)(a) and the provision of cash collateral contemplated in the foregoing clause (ii)(c), amends provisions governing the Subline (as defined below) to provide that future prepayments in respect of borrowings under the Subline will no longer permanently reduce the commitments in respect of the Subline.
As of December 31, 2025, the Amended Credit Agreement provided for a secured revolving credit facility of up to $350.0 million of borrowings, $50.0 million of which is solely available to the German Borrower.
As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s borrowings under the revolving line of credit were $25.0 million. The credit facilities provided under the Amended Credit Agreement mature in July 2027, but the U.S. Borrower may request extensions subject to customary conditions. In addition, the U.S. Borrower may utilize up to $50.0 million of the $350.0 million total revolving facility for the issuance of letters of credit. As of December 31, 2025, the U.S. Borrower had a total of $5.8 million in letters of credit under the Amended Credit Agreement, leaving a net amount (after giving effect to the $25.0 million of outstanding borrowings described above) of $319.2 million available for future borrowings based on debt covenant compliance metrics. Any future credit extensions under the Amended Credit Agreement are subject to customary conditions precedent. The proceeds of any loans may be used as described above, as well as for working capital and other general corporate purposes.
Moreover, the Amended Credit Agreement provides for a sublimit under the existing $350.0 million revolving commitments in an aggregate amount of $50.0 million (“Subline”), which Subline is available for borrowings by the German Borrower. The Company had no borrowings under the Subline as of December 31, 2025. The existing swing line sublimit and letter of credit sublimit under the Amended Credit Agreement remain available to the U.S. Borrower (and not to the German Borrower). Otherwise, the loans under the Subline are subject to substantially the same terms and conditions under the Amended Credit Agreement (including with respect to the interest rate and maturity date) as the other existing revolving commitments.
All U.S. borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement bear interest at a rate tied to the Base Rate (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) or SOFR, at the Company’s option, and all E.U. borrowings bear interest at a rate tied to the Euro Interbank Offered Rate as administered by the European Money Markets Institute (or a comparable or successor administrator approved by the Administrative Agent), in each case plus applicable margins which vary based on the consolidated net leverage ratio of the Company and its subsidiaries
59
as determined pursuant to the terms of the Amended Credit Agreement. Default interest is 2.00% per annum in excess of the rate otherwise applicable. As of December 31, 2025, the weighted average interest rate on our revolving credit agreement was 8.98%.
The Company made certain representations and warranties to the lenders in the Amended Credit Agreement that are customary for credit arrangements of this type. The Company also agreed to maintain a Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio of 5.00x, a Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio of 3.25x (4.0x to 3.5x during a “Springing Covenant Period,” as defined below) and a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of 1.25x (as such ratios are defined in the Amended Credit Agreement). A “Springing Covenant Event” occurs when at least sixty percent (60.0%) of the outstanding shares of Adtran Networks that were not owned by the Company and its subsidiaries as of August 9, 2023 have been tendered and purchased by the Company. Upon the occurrence of a Springing Covenant Event, the Company will enter a “Springing Covenant Period”, defined as the fiscal quarter in which a Springing Covenant Event occurs and the three (3) consecutive fiscal quarters thereafter. During a Springing Covenant Period, the Company’s leverage ratios are increased. In addition, the cash and cash equivalents of the credit parties must be at least $50.0 million and the cash and cash equivalents of the Company and its subsidiaries must be at least $70.0 million. As of December 31, 2025, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.
The Amended Credit Agreement also contains customary events of default, such as misrepresentation and a default in the performance or observance of any covenant (subject to customary cure periods and materiality thresholds). Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default, the Administrative Agent is entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of all amounts due under the Amended Credit Agreement.
All obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement (including under the Subline) are guaranteed by the U.S. Borrower and certain subsidiaries of the U.S. Borrower (“Full Facility Guarantors”). To secure such guarantees, the U.S. Borrower and the Full Facility Guarantors have granted security interests in favor of the Administrative Agent over substantially all of their tangible and intangible assets, and the U.S. Borrower has granted mortgages in favor of the Administrative Agent over certain owned real estate assets. Certain of the German Borrower' subsidiaries (the “Subline Guarantors”) have also provided a guarantee solely of the obligations in respect of the Subline. Furthermore, to secure such guarantees, the German Borrower and the Subline Guarantors have granted security interests in favor of the Administrative Agent over substantially all of their tangible and intangible assets. Upon repayment in full and termination of the Subline, the guarantees by the Subline Guarantors and the liens granted by the German Borrower and the Subline Guarantors to secure obligations under the Subline will be released.
Convertible Senior Notes
On September 19, 2025, the Company issued $201.3 million principal amount of 2030 Notes. The 2030 Notes were issued pursuant to, and are governed by, an indenture, dated as of September 19, 2025, between the Company and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as trustee. The proceeds were primarily used to, among other items, pay down certain outstanding indebtedness under the Credit Facility. In connection with the 2030 Notes, the Company has entered into privately negotiated Capped Calls.
Interest expense related to the 2030 Notes was $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. In conjunction with the issuance of the 2030 Notes, the Company recognized $201.3 million of principal and debt issuance costs of $8.7 million, which were capitalized as components of the carrying amount and included in convertible senior notes, net within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this report for more information.
Unamortized Discounts and Debt Issuance Costs
Unamortized discounts and debt issuance costs totaled $8.2 million as of December 31, 2025. Amortization expense related to unamortized discounts and debt issuance costs (included in interest expense within the consolidated statements of operations) totaled $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2025.
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities of $129.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $26.2 million compared to $103.6 million of net cash provided by the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to the declining net loss for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, excluding the goodwill impairment charge of $297.4 million, as adjusted primarily for decreased depreciation and amortization, decreased deferred taxes and increased net cash inflows from working capital. Additional details related to our working capital and its drivers are discussed below.
Net accounts receivable increased 18.3% from $178.0 million as of December 31, 2024 to $210.7 million as of December 31, 2025. There was an allowance for credit losses of $1.3 million as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. The increase in net accounts receivable was primarily due to increased revenues. Quarterly accounts receivable DSO decreased from 67 days as of December 31, 2024 to 66 days as of December 31, 2025.
Other receivables decreased from $9.8 million as of December 31, 2024 to $7.0 million as of December 31, 2025. The decrease in other receivables was primarily attributable to a decrease in sales of raw materials.
60
Annual inventory turnover increased from 1.92 turns as of December 31, 2024 to 2.80 turns as of December 31, 2025. Inventory decreased 17.5% from $261.6 million as of December 31, 2024 to $215.7 million as of December 31, 2025. The decrease in inventory was primarily due to steps taken in connection with our Business Efficiency Program to improve working capital, a reduction in component purchases due to improved lead time and utilization of buffer stock. We expect inventory levels to fluctuate as we attempt to maintain sufficient inventory for customer demand and improve working capital.
Accounts payable increased from $171.8 million as of December 31, 2024 to $167.3 million as of December 31, 2025. The increase in accounts payable was primarily due to the timing of the receipt of inventory, supplies and services. Accounts payable will fluctuate due to variations in the timing of the receipt of inventory, supplies and services and our subsequent payments for these purchases.
Investing Activities
Capital expenditures, including intangibles totaled approximately $69.3 million and $65.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. These expenditures were primarily used to purchase software, computer hardware, manufacturing and test equipment, building improvements and developed technologies. The increase in capital expenditures is primarily attributable to an increase in expenditures related to developed technology.
Our deferred compensation plan assets increased 13.5% from $31.0 million as of December 31, 2024 to $35.2 million as of December 31, 2025. See Notes 4 and 13 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this report for additional information. Our investments include various marketable equity securities with a fair market value of $1.0 million and $1.1 million, as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. See Note 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this report for additional information.
61
Financing Activities
Stock Option Exercises
To accommodate employee stock option exercises, the Company issued 0.3 million and 0.1 million shares of common stock which resulted in proceeds of $1.8 million and $0.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Employee Pension Plan
We maintain defined benefit pension plans covering employees in certain foreign countries. Pension benefit plan obligations are based on various assumptions used by our actuaries in calculating these amounts. These assumptions include discount rates, compensation rate increases, expected return on plan assets, retirement rates and mortality rates. Actual results that differ from the assumptions and changes in assumptions could affect future expenses and obligations. Details regarding the pension plans are set forth below.
Our defined benefit plan assets consist of a balanced portfolio of equity funds, bond funds, emerging market funds, real estate funds and balanced funds. Our investment policy includes various guidelines and procedures designed to ensure assets are invested in a manner necessary to meet expected future benefits earned by participants and consider a broad range of economic conditions. The objectives of our investment policy are to maintain investment portfolios that diversify risk through prudent asset allocation parameters, achieve asset returns that meet or exceed the plans’ actuarial assumptions and achieve asset returns that are competitive with like institutions employing similar investment strategies. The investment policy is periodically reviewed by us and a designated third-party fiduciary for investment matters. At December 31, 2025, the estimated fair market value of our defined benefit pension plans' assets increased to $64.3 million from $54.5 million at December 31, 2024.
The defined benefit pension plan is accounted for on an actuarial basis, which requires the use of various assumptions, including an expected rate of return on plan assets and a discount rate. The expected return on our German plan assets that is utilized in determining the benefit obligation and net periodic benefit cost is derived from periodic studies, which include a review of asset allocation strategies, anticipated future long-term performance of individual asset classes, risks using standard deviations and correlations of returns among the asset classes that comprise the plans' asset mix. While the studies give appropriate consideration to recent plan performance and historical returns, the assumptions are primarily long-term, prospective rates of return. The discount rate has been derived from the returns of high-quality, corporate bonds denominated in euro currency with durations close to the duration of our pension obligations. The projected benefit obligation for our defined benefit pension plans was $68.7 million and $63.3 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
The components of net periodic pension cost, other than the service cost component, are included in other income, net in the Consolidated Statements of Loss. The components of net periodic pension cost and amounts recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 were $3.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively.
Actuarial gains and losses are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss. To the extent unamortized gains and losses exceed 10% of the higher of the market-related value of assets or the projected benefit obligation, the excess is amortized as a component of net periodic pension cost over the remaining service period of active participants. We estimate that approximately $0.1 million of net
62
actuarial gains and approximately $0.1 million of net actuarial losses will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic pension cost in 2026. The net actuarial gain and (loss) recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $3.1 million and ($1.0) million, respectively. See Notes 13 and 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this report for additional information.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have exposure to credit losses from off-balance sheet exposures used to provide various guarantees of performance such as bid bonds, performance bonds and customs bonds, where we believe the risk of loss is immaterial to our financial statements as of December 31, 2025. Otherwise, we do not have off-balance sheet financing arrangements and have not engaged in any related party transactions or arrangements with unconsolidated entities or other persons that are reasonably likely to materially affect liquidity or the availability of or requirements for capital resources. See Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part II, Item 8 of this report for additional information.
Cash Requirements
The following table summarizes the Company’s short- and long-term cash requirements from known obligations pursuant to certain contracts and commitments as of December 31, 2025, as well as an estimate of the timing in which such obligations and payments are expected to be satisfied (but excluding payments that may be made pursuant to the DPLTA and currency hedging arrangements, which are discussed below). Other than operating lease obligations, the cash requirements table excludes interest payments.
(In thousands) |
|
Total |
|
|
2026 |
|
|
2027 |
|
|
2028 |
|
|
2029 |
|
|
2030 |
|
|
Thereafter |
|
|||||||
Wells Fargo credit agreement(1) |
|
$ |
25,000 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
25,000 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
Convertible Senior Notes(1) |
|
|
201,250 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
201,250 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Purchase obligations(2) |
|
|
205,851 |
|
|
|
200,733 |
|
|
|
4,583 |
|
|
|
535 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Operating lease obligations(3) |
|
|
43,424 |
|
|
|
9,395 |
|
|
|
8,376 |
|
|
|
7,885 |
|
|
|
3,884 |
|
|
|
3,236 |
|
|
|
10,648 |
|
Totals |
|
$ |
475,525 |
|
|
$ |
210,128 |
|
|
$ |
37,959 |
|
|
$ |
8,420 |
|
|
$ |
3,884 |
|
|
$ |
204,486 |
|
|
$ |
10,648 |
|
(1) See description below.
(2) We have purchase obligations related to open purchase orders to our contract manufacturers, ODMs, component suppliers, service partners and other vendors. The settlement of our purchase obligations will occur at various dates beginning in 2026 and going through 2028. See Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part II, Item 8 of this report for more information.
(3) We have operating leases for office space, automobiles and various other equipment in the U.S. and in certain international locations. Our operating leases had remaining lease terms ranging from 1 month to 155 months as of December 31, 2025.
Wells Fargo Credit Agreement
On July 18, 2022, ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. and ADTRAN, Inc., as the borrower, entered into the Credit Agreement with the Administrative Agent and the other lenders named therein. The Credit Agreement was subsequently amended six times. As of December 31, 2025, the Company's borrowings under the revolving line of credit were $25.0 million. As of December 31 2025, the Company had access to $319.2 million on its Credit Facility for future borrowings based on debt covenant compliance metrics. The Credit Facility matures in July 2027; however, the Company may request extensions subject to customary conditions. See Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part II, Item 8 of this report and “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Part II, Item 7 of this report for additional information.
Convertible Senior Notes
On September 19, 2025, the Company issued $201.3 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes. The Notes accrue interest at a rate of 3.75% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning March 15, 2026. Unless earlier repurchased, redeemed, or converted, the Notes will mature on September 15, 2030. See Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part II, Item 8 of this report and “Liquidity and Capital Resources - Convertible Senior Notes” in Part II, Item 7 of this report for additional information.
63
Currency Hedging Arrangements
On November 3, 2022, the Company entered into a euro/U.S. dollar forward contract arrangement (the "Initial Forward") with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the “Hedge Counterparty”). The Initial Forward, which was governed by the provisions of an ISDA Master Agreement (including schedules thereto and transaction confirmations that supplement such agreement) entered into between the Company and the Hedge Counterparty, enabling the Company to convert a portion of its euro denominated payment obligations under the proposed DPLTA into U.S. Dollars. Under the Initial Forward, the Company agreed to exchange an aggregate notional amount of €160.0 million for U.S. dollars at a daily fixed forward rate ranging from EUR/USD 0.98286 to 1.03290. The aggregate amount of €160.0 million was divided into eight quarterly tranches of €20.0 million, which commenced in the fourth quarter of 2022. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company settled four €20.0 million forward contract tranches.
On March 21, 2023, the Company entered into a euro/U.S. dollar forward contract arrangement (the “Forward”) with the Hedge Counterparty. Under the Forward, which was governed by the provisions of an ISDA Master Agreement (including schedules thereto and transaction confirmations that supplement such agreement) entered into between the Company and the Hedge Counterparty, the Company exchanged an aggregate notional amount of €160.0 million for U.S. dollars at an average rate of EUR/USD 1.085. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company settled four $20.0 million forward contract tranches. As of December 31, 2024, both the Initial Forward and Forward have fully matured and are no longer outstanding.
The Company has no outstanding hedges as of December 31, 2025.
Receivables Purchase Arrangements
On July 1, 2024, the Company entered into a receivables purchase agreement (the “Factoring Agreement”) with a third-party financial institution, which accelerates receivable collection and helps to better manage cash flow. Total accounts receivables factored as of the end of December 31, 2025, totaled $25.3 million net of $3.8 million retained pursuant to the Factoring Agreement in the reserve account. Total accounts receivables factored as of the end of December 31, 2024, totaled $18.3 million net of $3.7 million retained pursuant to the Factoring Agreement in the reserve account. The Factoring Agreement provides for up to $40.0 million in factoring capacity, subject to eligible receivables and reserve requirements, secured by the receivables. The balance in the reserve account is included in other assets. The Company at its own expense does have collection and administrative responsibilities for the sold receivables and that is its only continuing involvement with the Factor. The Company is not compensated for the servicing of the factoring program and deems the costs of servicing the receivables sold to be immaterial.
During the years ended, December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company received $169.1 million and $78.4 million, in cash proceeds from the Factoring Agreement, respectively, which are recorded as a component of accounts receivable in operating cash flows on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The cost of the Factoring Agreement is included in interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Loss and totaled $1.4 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
On December 19, 2023, the Company entered into a receivables purchase agreement (the "Prior Factoring Agreement") with a third-party financial institution which qualified for treatment as a secured borrowing with a pledge of collateral under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 810, Consolidation. The Prior Factoring Agreement was terminated on July 1, 2024. See Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part II, Item 8 of this report for additional information.
Domination and Profit and Loss Transfer Agreement
The DPLTA between the Company, as the controlling company, and Adtran Networks, as the controlled company, as executed on December 1, 2022, became effective on January 16, 2023, as a result of its registration with the commercial register (Handelsregister) of the local court (Amtsgericht) at the registered seat of Adtran Networks (Jena).
Under the DPLTA, subject to certain limitations pursuant to applicable law and the specific terms of the DPLTA, (i) the Company is entitled to issue binding instructions to the management board of Adtran Networks, (ii) Adtran Networks will transfer its annual profit to the Company, subject to, among other things, the creation or dissolution of certain reserves, and (iii) the Company will absorb the annual net loss incurred by Adtran Networks. The Company’s payment obligation in satisfaction of the requirement that it absorb Adtran Networks’ annual net loss applies to the net loss generated by Adtran Networks in 2025, and it will apply to any net loss generated by Adtran Networks in 2026.
Pursuant to the terms of the DPLTA, each Adtran Networks shareholder (other than the Company) has received an offer to elect either (1) to remain an Adtran Networks shareholder and receive from us an Annual Recurring Compensation payment, or (2) to receive Exit Compensation plus guaranteed interest. The guaranteed interest under the Exit Compensation is calculated from the effective date of the DPLTA to the date the shares are tendered, less any Annual Recurring Compensation paid. The guaranteed interest rate is 5.0% plus a variable component (according to the German Civil Code) that was 1.27% as of December 31, 2025. Assuming all the minority holders of currently outstanding Adtran Networks shares were to elect the second option, we would be obligated to make aggregate Exit Compensation payments, including guaranteed interest, of €303.9 million or approximately $357.0 million, based on an exchange rate as of December 31, 2025 and reflecting interest accrued through December 31, 2025 during the pendency of the appraisal proceedings
64
discussed below. Shareholders electing the first option of Annual Recurring Compensation may later elect the second option. The opportunity for outside Adtran Networks shareholders to tender Adtran Networks shares in exchange for Exit Compensation had been scheduled to expire on March 16, 2023. However, due to the appraisal proceedings that were initiated in 2023 in accordance with applicable German law, this time period for tendering shares has been extended pursuant to the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz) and will end two months after the date on which a final decision in such appraisal proceedings has been published in the Federal Gazette (Bundesanzeiger). Following the court's decision on a procedural matter in the DPLTA appraisal proceedings on July 14, 2025, the proceeding for the trial on the merits of the DPLTA has recommenced. It is expected to take a minimum of 12 months for a ruling of the court on the merits and such ruling will most likely be appealed, which would be expected to take an additional 12-24 months to be resolved. Accordingly, the Company does not expect a final decision on the DPLTA appraisal proceedings to be rendered and published prior to 2027, and most likely not until 2028 or beyond.
Additionally, our obligation to pay Annual Recurring Compensation under the DPLTA is a continuing payment obligation, which will amount to approximately €7.9 million (or $9.3 million based on the exchange rate as of December 31, 2025) per year assuming none of the minority Adtran Networks shareholders as of December 31, 2025 were to elect Exit Compensation. The foregoing amounts do not reflect any potential increase in payment obligations that we may have depending on the outcome of ongoing appraisal proceedings in the German court. The Annual Recurring Compensation is due on the third banking day following the ordinary general shareholders’ meeting of Adtran Networks for the respective preceding fiscal year (but in any event within eight months following expiration of the fiscal year). With respect to the 2025 fiscal year, Adtran Networks’ ordinary general shareholder meeting is scheduled for the second quarter of 2026, and the Annual Recurring Compensation will be due on the third banking day following the meeting. With respect to the 2024 fiscal year, Adtran Networks’ ordinary general shareholder meeting occurred on June 27, 2025 and, therefore, the Annual Recurring Compensation was paid on July 1, 2025. During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, we accrued $9.3 million and $9.8 million, respectively, in Annual Recurring Compensation. The Annual Recurring Compensation is reflected as an increase to retained deficit in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
On October 18, 2022, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the Company to purchase additional shares of Adtran Networks through open market purchases not to exceed 15,346,544 shares. For the year ended December 31, 2025, 2.0 million shares of Adtran Networks stock were tendered to the Company. This resulted in total Exit Compensation payments of €40.2 million, or approximately $46.6 million, based on exchange rates at the time of the transactions, being paid to Adtran Networks shareholders. For the year ended December 31, 2024, approximately 0.8 million shares of Adtran Networks stock was tendered to the Company and Exit Compensation payments of €15.7 million or approximately $17.4 million based on an exchange rate as of December 31, 2024, were paid to Adtran Networks shareholders.
We currently hold 36,871,784 no-par value bearer shares of Adtran Networks, representing 70.8% of Adtran Networks outstanding shares as of December 31, 2025.
The foregoing description of the DPLTA does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the DPLTA, a non-binding English translation of which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Business Efficiency Program
During the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company initiated a Business Efficiency Program designed to optimize the assets, business processes, and information technology systems of the Company in relation to the business combination with Adtran Networks. The Business Efficiency Program included expenses specifically associated with achieving run-rate synergies as well as Business Efficiency Program expenses described below. See Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part II, Item 8 of this report for additional information.
We did not incur any Business Efficiency Program costs during the year ended December 31, 2025. The Company reduced previously accrued costs by $0.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2025. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, we recognized $44.7 million and $25.1 million, respectively, of costs relating to the Business Efficiency Program, respectively. As of December 31, 2025, all expenses related to the Business Efficiency Program have been paid.
Other Cash Requirements
During the year ended December 31, 2025, other than the Exit Compensation payments, Annual Recurring Compensation under the DPLTA, and receivables purchase arrangements there have been no other material changes in cash requirements from those discussed in the 2024 Form 10-K/A and our cash requirements table shown in Liquidity and Capital Resources above.
Performance Bonds
Certain contracts, customers and jurisdictions in which we do business require us to provide various guarantees of performance such as bid bonds, performance bonds and customs bonds. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, we had commitments related to these bonds totaling $22.4 million and $15.7 million, respectively, which expire at various dates through April 2029. In general, we would only be liable for the amount of these guarantees in the event of default under each contract; the probability of which we believe is remote.
65
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Accounting Policies
An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires significant judgment, relies on key assumptions, and materially affects our reported financial condition and results of operations. These areas involve complex and subjective assessments, and changes in the underlying estimates or assumptions may have a material impact on our financial statements. Management reviews these policies regularly in light of evolving business conditions, market trends, and regulatory developments.
The policies described below represent the accounting areas that we believe require the most significant use of judgment and estimation.
Revenue
Revenue is recognized upon transfer of control to the customer. For transactions where there are multiple performance obligations, individual products and services are accounted for separately if they are distinct (if a product or service is separately identifiable from other items and if a customer can benefit from it on its own or with other resources that are readily available to the customer). The consideration, including any discounts, is allocated between separate products and services based on their stand-alone selling prices. Stand-alone selling prices are determined based on the prices at which the separate products and services are sold and are allocated based on each item’s relative value to the total value of the products and services in the arrangement. For items not sold separately, we apply an “expected cost plus margin” approach.
Judgments include:
We closely monitor customer buying behavior, discounting patterns, and regional economic conditions that may change pricing or delivery cycles. As our product mix changes and begins to shift toward next‑generation virtualized platforms and cloud‑based services, we expect the complexity of revenue arrangements to increase, which may require refinements to our estimation methodologies.
Inventory Valuation
We carry our inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value, with cost being determined using the first-in, first-out method. Standard costs for material, labor, and manufacturing overhead are used to value inventory and are updated at least quarterly. Most variances are expensed in the current period; therefore, our inventory costs approximate actual costs at the end of each reporting period. We establish reserves for estimated excess and obsolete inventory equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and the estimated net realizable value of the inventory based on estimated reserve percentages, which consider historical usage, known trends, inventory age and market conditions. If actual trends and market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, we may be required to make additional inventory write-downs.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired. The Company’s annual impairment assessment is done at the reporting unit level, which we determined are generally the same as our operating segments. We review goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter and also test for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our reporting units below their carrying amount. Such events and circumstances may include among others: a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the general business climate; significant decline in our stock price and market capitalization; unanticipated competition; the testing for recoverability of a significant asset within the reporting unit; and an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. Any adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of goodwill and could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Management updates these estimates based on the most recent market data, customer demand expectations, and strategic initiatives.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Intangibles
Long-lived assets, such as property, plant and equipment, right of use lease assets and purchased intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group. Forecasting future cash flows for asset groups involves uncertainties related to technology adoption rates, product roadmaps, and cost‑efficiency initiatives. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset or asset group.
66
An asset is considered to be held for sale when all the following criteria are met: (i) management commits to a plan to sell the asset; (ii) the asset is available for immediate sale in its present condition; (iii) actions required to complete the sale of the asset have been initiated; (iv) sale of the asset is probable and the completed sale is expected to occur within one year; (v) it is unlikely that the disposal plan will be significantly modified; and (vi) the asset is actively being marketed for sale at a price that is reasonable given its current market value. Making this determination is subject to management judgment regarding the facts and circumstances of the assets. Management reviews these factors on at least an annual basis to determine if an asset remains or now should be classified as held for sale.
Income Taxes
We estimate our income tax provision or benefit in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate, including estimating exposures related to examinations by taxing authorities. We also make judgments regarding the realization of deferred tax assets and establish valuation allowances where we believe it is more likely than not that future taxable income in certain jurisdictions will be insufficient to realize these deferred tax assets. Our estimates regarding future taxable income and income tax provision or benefit may vary due to changes in market conditions, changes in tax laws, or other factors. If our assumptions, and consequently our estimates, change in the future, the valuation allowances we have established may be increased or decreased, impacting future income tax expense. We continually review the adequacy of our valuation allowance and recognize the benefits of deferred tax assets only as the reassessment indicates that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes.
In determining whether an uncertain tax position exists, the Company determines, based solely on its technical merits, whether the tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, and if so, a tax benefit is measured on a cumulative probability basis that is more likely than not to be realized upon the ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits through interest expense and income tax expense, respectively.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
For a discussion of recently issued accounting pronouncements, see Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this report for additional information.
67
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We maintain depository investments with certain financial institutions. As of December 31, 2025, $92.0 million of our cash and cash equivalents, primarily foreign depository accounts, were in excess of government provided insured depository limits. Although these depository investments exceed government insured depository limits, we have evaluated the credit worthiness of these financial institutions and determined the risk of material financial loss due to exposure of such credit risk to be minimal.
Interest Rate Risk
As of December 31, 2025, approximately $0.6 million of our cash and investments may be directly affected by changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2025, we held $0.6 million of cash and variable-rate investments where a change in interest rates would impact our interest income. A hypothetical 50 basis point decline in interest rates as of December 31, 2025, assuming all other variables remain constant, would reduce annualized interest income on our cash and investments by less than $0.1 million. As of December 31, 2025, the carrying amounts of our revolving credit agreement totaled $25.0 million where a change in interest rates would impact our interest expense. A hypothetical 50 basis point increase in interest rates as of December 31, 2025, assuming all other variables remain constant, would increase our interest expense by $0.1 million. The analyses cover our debt and investments. The analyses use actual or approximate maturities for the debt and investments. The discount rates used were based on the market interest rates in effect at December 31, 2025. As of December 31, 2025 we have not entered into any derivative instruments to hedge the impact of the changes in variable interest rates under our revolving credit agreement.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
We are exposed to changes in foreign currency exchange rates to the extent that such changes affect our revenue and gross margin on revenue derived from some international customers, operating expenses, and assets and liabilities held in non-functional currencies related to our foreign subsidiaries. Our primary exposures to foreign currency exchange rate movements are with the euro and the British pound. Our revenue is primarily denominated in the respective functional currency of the subsidiary and paid in that subsidiary's functional currency or certain other local currency. The majority of our global supply chain predominately makes payments in U.S. dollars and some of our operating expenses are paid in certain non-USD local currencies (approximately 44.0% of total operating expense for the year ended December 31, 2025, respectively). Therefore, our revenue, gross margins, operating expenses and operating loss are all subject to foreign currency fluctuations. As a result, changes in currency exchange rates could cause variations in our operating loss. A hypothetical 10% movement in foreign exchange rates would result in a before-tax positive or negative impact of approximately $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. Actual future gains and losses associated with our foreign currency exposures and positions may differ materially from the sensitivity analyses performed as of December 31, 2025 due to the inherent limitations associated with predicting the foreign currency exchange rates, and our actual exposures and positions.
We have certain customers and suppliers who are invoiced or pay in a non-functional currency. Changes in the monetary exchange rates used to invoice such customers versus the functional currency of the entity billing such customers may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. To manage the volatility relating to these typical business exposures, we may enter into various derivative transactions, when appropriate. We do not hold or issue derivative instruments for trading or other speculative purposes. All non-functional currencies billed would result in a combined hypothetical gain or loss of $8.1 million if the U.S. dollar weakened or strengthened 10% against the billing currencies. All non-functional currencies invoiced by suppliers would result in a combined hypothetical gain or loss of $9.2 million if the U.S. dollar weakened or strengthened 10% against the billing currencies. This change represents an increase in the amount of hypothetical gain or loss compared to prior periods and is mainly due to an increase in U.S. dollar denominated billings in a non-U.S. dollar denominated subsidiary.
As of December 31, 2025, we had certain material contracts subject to currency revaluation, including accounts receivable, accounts payable and lease liabilities denominated in foreign currencies.
For further information about the fair value of our investments as of December 31, 2025, see Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this report.
68
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The following consolidated financial statements are contained in this report.
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Statements |
|
72 |
||
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets, As of December 31, 2025 and 2024 |
|
72 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Loss, Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 |
|
73 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 |
|
74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity, Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 |
|
75 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 |
|
76 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements |
|
77 |
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts, Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 |
|
126 |
||
69
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of ADTRAN Holdings, Inc.
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the related consolidated statements of loss, of comprehensive income (loss), of changes in equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, including the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company did not maintain, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO because material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting existed as of that date as the Company did not design and maintain effective controls (i) in response to the risks of material misstatement and (ii) over financial statement preparation, presentation and disclosure commensurate with its financial reporting requirements.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses referred to above are described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. We considered these material weaknesses in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2025 consolidated financial statements, and our opinion regarding the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting does not affect our opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
Basis for Opinions
The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in management's report referred to above. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding
70
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Valuation of Inventory – Estimate of Certain Excess and Obsolete Reserves
As described in Notes 1 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s consolidated net inventory as of December 31, 2025 was $215.7 million, of which certain inventory is subject to certain excess and obsolete reserves. Management establishes reserves for estimated excess and obsolete inventory equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and the estimated net realizable value of the inventory based on estimated reserve percentages, which consider historical usage, known trends, inventory age, and market conditions.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of inventory – estimate of certain excess and obsolete reserves is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when developing the estimate of certain excess and obsolete inventory reserves and (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s significant assumption related to the estimated reserve percentages.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to certain excess and obsolete inventory reserves, including controls over the significant assumption related to estimated reserve percentages. These procedures also included, among others (i) testing management’s process for developing the estimate of certain excess and obsolete inventory reserves; (ii) evaluating the appropriateness of management’s estimation methodology; (iii) testing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used in developing the estimate of certain excess and obsolete inventory reserves, including historical usage, known trends, and inventory age; and (iv) evaluating the reasonableness of the significant assumption used by management related to the estimated reserve percentages. Evaluating management’s assumption related to the estimated reserve percentages involved considering (i) the current and past results of the Company; (ii) a comparison of the prior year estimate to actual activity in the current year; and (iii) whether the assumption was consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit.
/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Birmingham, Alabama
February 26, 2026
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1986.
71
Financial Statements
ADTRAN Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except per share amount)
December 31, 2025 and 2024
ASSETS |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Current Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Accounts receivable, less allowance for credit losses of $ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Other receivables |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Inventory, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Income tax receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Short-term investments - deferred compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Assets held for sale |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total Current Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Goodwill |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Intangibles, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Deferred tax assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Other non-current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Long-term investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total Assets |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Current Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Unearned revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accrued expenses and other liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accrued wages and benefits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Deferred compensation liability |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Income tax payable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total Current Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Non-current revolving credit agreement outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Non-current convertible senior notes, net of debt issuance costs |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Non-current unearned revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Non-current pension liability |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Non-current deferred compensation liability |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current lease obligations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Other non-current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 17) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Redeemable Non-Controlling Interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Common stock, par value $ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Additional paid-in capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Retained deficit |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Less treasury stock at cost: |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Total Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total Liabilities and Equity |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
72
ADTRAN Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Loss
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|||
Revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Network Solutions |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Services & Support |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total Revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Cost of Revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Network Solutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Network Solutions - charges and inventory write-down |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Services & Support |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total Cost of Revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Gross Profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Research and development expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Goodwill impairment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Operating Loss |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Interest and dividend income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Interest expense |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Net investment gain |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Other (expense) income, net |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Loss Before Income Taxes |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Income tax expense |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Net Loss |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
Net Income attributable to non-controlling interest (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Net Loss attributable to ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Weighted average shares outstanding – basic |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Weighted average shares outstanding – diluted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Loss per common share attributable to ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. – basic(2) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
Loss per common share attributable to ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. – diluted(2) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
(1)
(2)
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
73
ADTRAN Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(In thousands)
Years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|||
Net Loss |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
Defined benefit plan adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
||
Foreign currency translation gain (loss) |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
||
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
||
Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
Less: Comprehensive Income attributable to non-controlling interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Comprehensive Income (Loss) attributable to ADTRAN Holdings, Inc., net of tax |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
74
ADTRAN Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
|
|
Common |
|
|
Common |
|
|
Additional |
|
|
Retained |
|
|
Treasury |
|
|
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income |
|
|
Non-controlling interest |
|
|
Total |
|
||||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2022 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||||||
Net loss |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Annual recurring compensation earned |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Acquisition of Adtran Networks |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Reclassification and remeasurement from equity to mezzanine equity for non-controlling interests in Adtran Networks |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Mezzanine equity for non-controlling interest in Adtran Networks for Adtran Networks stock options exercised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|||||
Other comprehensive income, net of tax |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Dividend payments ($ |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Dividends accrued on unvested restricted stock units |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Deferred compensation adjustments, net of tax |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Adtran RSUs and restricted stock vested |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
||
Adtran stock options exercised |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|||
Redemption of redeemable non-controlling interest |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Adtran Networks stock options exercised |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Modification of stock options |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Adtran stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Adtran Networks stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Balance as of December 31, 2023 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net loss |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Annual recurring compensation earned |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Reclassification and remeasurement from equity to mezzanine equity for non-controlling interests in Adtran Networks |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Deferred compensation adjustments, net of tax |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Adtran RSUs and restricted stock vested |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
||
Adtran stock options exercised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||||
Redemption of redeemable non-controlling interest |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Modification of stock options |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Adtran stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Adtran Networks stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Balance as of December 31, 2024 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net loss |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Annual recurring compensation earned |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Other comprehensive income, net of tax |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Dividends accrued on unvested restricted stock units |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Deferred compensation adjustments, net of tax |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Adtran RSUs and restricted stock vested |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
||
Adtran stock options exercised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||||
Purchase of capped calls related to the convertible senior notes |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Redemption of redeemable non-controlling interest |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Adtran stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Balance as of December 31, 2025 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
|
|||||
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
75
ADTRAN Holdings, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
Years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|||
Cash flows from operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Net Loss |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Goodwill impairment |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Amortization of revolving credit facility issuance costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Amortization of convertible notes issuance costs |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Accretion on available-for-sale investments, net |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Gain on investments |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Net loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Inventory write down - business efficiency program |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Inventory reserves |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Other, net |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Change in operating assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Accounts receivable, net |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Other receivables |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Income taxes receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Inventory |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Prepaid expenses, other current assets and other assets |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
Accounts payable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
||
Accrued expenses and other liabilities |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Income taxes payable |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
||
Cash flows from investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Purchases of property, plant and equipment |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Purchases of intangibles - developed technology |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Proceeds from sales and maturities of available-for-sale investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Purchases of available-for-sale investments |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
(Payments for) proceeds from beneficial interests in securitized accounts receivable |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Cash flows from financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Tax withholdings related to stock-based compensation settlements |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Proceeds from stock option exercises |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Dividend payments |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Proceeds from receivables purchase agreement |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Repayments on receivables purchase agreement |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
Proceeds from draw on revolving credit agreement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Repayment of revolving credit agreement |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Redemption of redeemable non-controlling interest |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Payment of annual recurring compensation to non-controlling interest |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
Payment of debt issuance cost |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Proceeds from issuance of senior convertible notes |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Payments for capped call transactions related to convertible senior notes |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Repayment of notes payable |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
Effect of exchange rate changes |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Supplemental disclosure of cash financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Cash paid for interest |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Cash used in operating activities related to operating leases |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Purchases of property, plant and equipment included in accounts payable |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Purchases of property, plant and equipment included in other non-current liabilities |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
Redemption of redeemable non-controlling interest |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
76
oADTRAN Holdings, Inc.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
GENERAL
ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. (“Adtran” or the “Company”) is a leading global provider of networking and communications platforms, software, systems and services focused on the broadband access market, serving a diverse domestic and international customer base in multiple countries that includes large, medium and small Service Providers, alternative Service Providers, such as utilities, municipalities and fiber overbuilders, cable/MSOs, SMBs and distributed enterprises, including Fortune 500 companies with sophisticated business continuity applications; and federal, state and local government agencies. Our innovative solutions and services enable voice, data, video and internet-communications across a variety of network infrastructures and are currently in use by millions worldwide. We support our customers through our direct global sales organization and our distribution networks. Our success depends upon our ability to increase unit volume and market share through the introduction of new products and succeeding generations of products having optimal selling prices and increased functionality as compared to both the prior generation of a product and to the products of competitors in order to gain market share. To service our customers and grow revenue, we are continually conducting research and developing new products addressing customer needs and testing those products for the specific requirements of the particular customers. We offer a broad portfolio of flexible software and hardware network solutions and services that enable Service Providers to meet today’s service demands, while enabling them to transition to the fully converged, scalable, highly-automated, cloud-controlled voice, data, internet and video network of the future. In addition to our global headquarters in Huntsville, Alabama, and our European headquarters in Munich, Germany, we have sales and research and development facilities in strategic global locations.
The Company solely owns ADTRAN, Inc. and is the majority shareholder of Adtran Networks SE (“Adtran Networks”). ADTRAN, Inc. is a leading global provider of open, disaggregated networking and communications solutions. Adtran Networks is a global provider of network solutions for data, storage, voice and video services. We believe that the combined technology portfolio can best address current and future customer needs for high-speed connectivity from the network core to the end consumer, especially upon the convergence of solutions at the network edge.
Domination and Profit and Loss Transfer Agreement, Liquidity, Credit Facility and Notes Offering
The DPLTA between the Company, as the controlling company, and Adtran Networks, as the controlled company, which was executed on December 1, 2022, became effective on January 16, 2023, as a result of its registration with the commercial register (Handelsregister) of the local court (Amtsgericht) at the registered seat of Adtran Networks (Jena).
Under the DPLTA, subject to certain limitations pursuant to applicable law and the specific terms of the DPLTA, (i) the Company is entitled to issue binding instructions to the management board of Adtran Networks, (ii) Adtran Networks will transfer its annual profit to the Company, subject to, among other things, the creation or dissolution of certain reserves, and (iii) the Company will absorb the annual net loss incurred by Adtran Networks. The Company’s payment obligation in satisfaction of the requirement that it absorb Adtran Networks’ annual net loss applies to the net loss generated by Adtran Networks in 2025, and it will apply to any net loss generated by Adtran Networks in 2026.
Pursuant to the terms of the DPLTA, each Adtran Networks shareholder (other than the Company) has received an offer to elect either (1) to remain an Adtran Networks shareholder and receive from us recurring compensation in cash of €
77
Additionally, our obligation to pay Annual Recurring Compensation under the DPLTA is a continuing payment obligation, which will amount to approximately €
On July 18, 2022, ADTRAN, Inc., as the borrower, and ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. entered into a credit agreement with a syndicate of banks, including Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent (“Administrative Agent”), and the other lenders named therein (“Credit Agreement”), which has since been amended six times. The Company had access to $
On October 18, 2022, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the Company to purchase additional shares of Adtran Networks through open market purchases not to exceed
As of December 31, 2025, and as of the date of issuance of these financial statements, the Company has sufficient liquidity to meet the majority of its payment obligations under the DPLTA pertaining to Exit Compensation. For the year ended December 31, 2025,
Moreover, on September 19, 2025, the Company issued $
The Company experienced revenue declines in the year ended December 31, 2024. However, customers began replenishing their inventories to meet increasing demand, and revenue increased throughout the year ended December 31, 2025. In 2023, the Company suspended dividend payments and effectuated a business efficiency program (the "Business Efficiency Program"), which targeted the reduction of ongoing operating expenses and focused on enhancing capital efficiency. The Business Efficiency Program was completed as of December 31, 2024. In addition, the Company continues to assess the probability that the sale of its headquarters in Huntsville will occur and has determined it is probable of occurring in the next twelve months.
In summary, the Company believes that its cash and cash equivalents, working capital management initiatives and availability to access cash under the Wells Fargo credit facility or other future sources of capital will be adequate to meet our business operating requirements, our capital expenditures and our expected obligations under both the Notes and the DPLTA, including anticipated levels of Exit Compensation, as well as to support our ability to continue to comply with our debt covenants under the Credit Facility for at least the
78
next twelve months, from the issuance of these financial statements. See Note 10, Credit Agreement, for additional information regarding the terms of the Amendments of the Wells Fargo Credit Agreement.
Note 1 - Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”) and include the financial position, results of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, changes in equity and cash flows of Adtran and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. Significant estimates include allowance for credit losses on accounts receivable and contract assets, excess and obsolete inventory reserves, determination and accrual of the deferred revenue related to performance obligations under contracts with customers, estimated costs to complete obligations associated with deferred and accrued revenue and network installations, estimated income tax provision and income tax contingencies, fair value of stock-based compensation, assessment of goodwill and other intangibles for impairment, estimated lives of intangible assets, estimates of intangible assets upon measurement, estimated pension liability and fair value of investments and estimated contingent liabilities. Actual amounts could differ significantly from these estimates.
We assessed certain accounting matters that generally require consideration of forecasted financial information in context with the information reasonably available to us and the unknown future impacts of ongoing inflationary pressures, continued elevated interest rates, instability in the financial services industry, currency fluctuations and political tensions as of December 31, 2025, and through the date of this report. These conditions could result in further impacts to the Company's consolidated financial statements in future reporting periods. The accounting matters assessed included, but were not limited to, the allowance for credit losses, stock-based compensation, carrying value of goodwill, intangibles and other long-lived assets, financial assets, valuation allowances for tax assets, revenue recognition and costs of revenue.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Where available, fair value is based on observable market prices or parameters or derived from such prices or parameters. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, valuation models may be applied. Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in our consolidated balance sheets are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair values.
The carrying amounts reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value due to the immediate or short-term maturity of these financial instruments.
The fair value measurements of our derivative instruments are determined using models that maximize the use of the observable market inputs including interest rate curves and both forward and spot prices for currencies, and are classified as Level II under the fair value hierarchy.
Investments with contractual maturities beyond one year may be classified as short-term based on their highly liquid nature and because such marketable securities represent the investment of cash that is available for current operations. Despite the long-term nature of their stated contractual maturities, we routinely buy and sell these securities and we believe we have the ability to quickly sell them to the remarketing agent, tender agent or issuer at par value plus accrued interest in the event we decide to liquidate our investment in a particular variable rate demand note. All income generated from these investments is recorded as interest income. We have not recorded any losses relating to variable rate demand notes.
79
Short-term investments is comprised of our deferred compensation plan assets. Long-term investments is comprised of our marketable equity securities and other equity investments. Marketable equity securities are reported at fair value as determined by the most recently traded price of the securities at the balance sheet date, although the securities may not be readily marketable due to the size of the available market. Any changes in fair value are recognized in net investment gain. Realized gains and losses on sales of debt securities are computed under the specific identification method and are included in other (expense) income, net. See Note 4 for additional information.
Accounts Receivable
The Company records accounts receivable at amortized cost. Prior to establishing payment terms for a new customer, we evaluate the credit risk of the customer. Credit limits and payment terms established for new customers are re-evaluated periodically based on customer collection experience and other financial factors. As of December 31, 2025, no customer comprised more than 10% of our total accounts receivable balance. As of December 31, 2024, no customer comprised more than 10% of our total accounts receivable balance.
Accounts receivable balances are considered past due when payment has not been received by the date indicated on the relevant invoice or based on agreed upon terms between the customer and the Company. The Company regularly reviews the need for an allowance for credit losses related to our outstanding accounts receivable balances using the historical loss-rate method, as well as assessing asset-specific risks. The assessment of asset-specific risks included the evaluation of relevant available information, from internal and external sources, relating to current conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay, such as the customer’s current financial condition or credit rating by geographic location, as provided by a third party and/or by customer, if needed, and overall macro-economic conditions in which the customer operates. The Company pools assets by geographic location to determine if an allowance should be applied to its accounts receivable balance, assessing the specific country risk rating and overall economics of that particular country. If elevated risk existed, or customer specific risk indicated the accounts receivable balance was at risk, the Company would further analyze the need for an allowance related to specific accounts receivable balances. Additionally, the Company would determine if significant changes to customer country risk rating from period-to-period and from the end of the prior year to the end of the current quarter would require further review and analysis by the Company. Based on these assessments, an allowance for credit losses would be recorded if the Company determined that, based on our historical write-offs, which have been immaterial, and such asset specific risks, there was risk in collectability of the full amount of any accounts receivable.
Accounts Receivable Factoring
Receivables Purchase Agreement
On July 1, 2024, the Company entered into a receivables purchase agreement (the “Factoring Agreement”) with a third-party financial institution (the “Factor”), which accelerates receivable collection and helps to better manage cash flow. These transactions are accounted for in accordance with ASC Topic 860 and result in a reduction in accounts receivable because the Factoring Agreement transfers effective control over, and risk related to the receivables to the buyers. Trade accounts receivables balances sold are removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets and cash received is reflected as cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow. Factoring related interest expense is recorded to interest expense on the Consolidated Statements of Loss. On each sale date, the Factor retains from the sale price a default reserve, up to a required balance, which is held by the Factor in a reserve account and pledged to the Company. The Factor is entitled to withdraw from the reserve account the sale price of a defaulted receivable. The balance in the reserve account is included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company at its own expense does have collection and administrative responsibilities for the sold receivables and that is its only continuing involvement with the Factor. The Company is not compensated for the servicing of the factoring program and deems the costs of servicing the receivables sold to be immaterial.
On December 19, 2023, the Company entered into a factoring agreement with a third-party financial institution to sell, on a revolving basis, undivided interests in the Company’s accounts receivable. The factoring agreement qualified for treatment as a secured borrowing with a pledge of collateral under Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 810, Consolidations, as the Company was considered the primary beneficiary in a variable interest entity created to hold the factored receivables and the Company retained a residual claim on reserves related to the factored receivables. The receivables factored were carried in accounts receivable, less allowance for credit losses on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, the secured borrowings were carried on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as a current liability, in accounts payable, proceeds and repayments of the secured borrowings are reflected as cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and program fees are recorded in interest expense in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Loss. The short-term liability classification of the secured borrowings was based on the estimated timing of the collection of the accounts receivable which were expected to be received within 12 months. The receivables purchase agreement was terminated on July 1, 2024 and there were
Inventory
80
Inventory is carried at the lower of cost and estimated net realizable value, with cost being determined using the first-in, first-out method. Standard costs for material, labor and manufacturing overhead are used to value inventory and are updated at least quarterly. We establish reserves for estimated excess and obsolete inventory equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and the estimated net realizable value of the inventory based on estimated reserve percentages, which consider historical usage, known trends, inventory age and market conditions. When we dispose of excess and obsolete inventories, the related disposals are charged against the inventory reserve. See Note 5 for additional information.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment, which is stated at cost, is depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Generally, we depreciate building and land improvements from
Assets Held for Sale
An asset is considered to be held for sale when all the following criteria are met: (i) management commits to a plan to sell the asset; (ii) the asset is available for immediate sale in its present condition; (iii) actions required to complete the sale of the asset have been initiated; (iv) sale of the asset is probable and the completed sale is expected to occur within one year; (v) it is unlikely that the disposal plan will be significantly modified; and (vi) the asset is actively being marketed for sale at a price that is reasonable given its current market value. The Company records assets held for sale at the lower of their carrying value or fair value.
Intangible Assets
Purchased intangible assets with finite lives are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is recorded over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. See Note 9 for additional information.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Intangibles
Long-lived assets, such as property, plant and equipment, right of use lease assets and purchased intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset or asset group.
There were
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired. The Company’s annual impairment assessment is done at the reporting unit level, which we determined are generally the same as our operating segments, which are identified in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. We review goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter and also test for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our reporting units below their carrying amount. Such events and circumstances may include among others: a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the general business climate; significant decline in our stock price and market capitalization; unanticipated competition; the testing for recoverability of a significant asset within the reporting unit; and an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. Any adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of goodwill and could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. See Note 8 for additional information.
81
Convertible Senior Notes
We account for our convertible senior notes with embedded conversion features in accordance with ASC 470-20, under which convertible debt instruments would only be separated into multiple components if they were issued at a substantial premium or if embedded derivatives requiring bifurcation were identified. The convertible senior notes (the "2030 Notes" or the “Notes”) were not issued at a substantial premium, and we analyzed the provisions of the 2030 Notes and did not identify any material embedded features which would require bifurcation from the host debt. As such, the 2030 Notes are accounted for entirely as a liability, net of unamortized issuance costs. The carrying amount of the liability is classified as long-term as the instrument does not mature within one year of the balance sheet date and the holder is not permitted to demand repayment of the principal within one year of the balance sheet date. However, if conditions to convertibility are met and holders are expected to convert within one year as described further in Note 11, we may be required to reclassify the carrying amount of the liability to current. Issuance costs are amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method.
Pension Benefit Plan Obligations
The Company maintains a defined benefit pension plans covering employees in certain foreign countries. Pension benefit plan obligations are based on various assumptions used by our actuaries in calculating these amounts. These assumptions include discount rates, compensation rate increases, expected return on plan assets, retirement rates and mortality rates. The pension benefit plan obligation is calculated based on the actuarial present value of expected future payments as of the balance sheet date required to settle the obligation resulting from employee service rendered prior to that date. This amount is known as the projected benefit obligation. Actual results that differ from the assumptions and changes in assumptions could affect future expenses and obligations. See Note 13 for additional information.
Lease Obligations
The Company has operating leases for office space, automobiles and various other equipment in the U.S. and in certain international locations. Other contracts, such as manufacturing agreements and service agreements, are reviewed to determine if they contain potential embedded leases. These other contracts are specifically reviewed to determine whether we have the right to substantially all of the economic benefit from the use of any specified assets or the right to direct the use of any specified assets, either of which would indicate the existence of a lease. Some of our leases include options to renew. For those leases that are reasonably assured to be renewed, we have included the option to extend as part of our right of use asset and lease liability. The exercise of lease renewal options is at our sole discretion. The depreciable life of leased assets and leasehold improvements are limited by the expected lease term. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet and lease expense for these leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. For lease agreements entered into or reassessed after the adoption of Topic 842, we elected to not separate lease and non-lease components. Our lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company has
Research and Development Costs
Research and development costs include compensation for engineers and support personnel, contracted services, depreciation and material costs associated with new product development, enhancement of current products and product cost reductions. We continually evaluate new product opportunities and engage in intensive research for product and software development efforts. Research and development costs totaled $
Advertising Costs
The Company expenses all advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, totaled $
Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes has been determined using the asset and liability approach of accounting for income taxes. Under this approach, deferred taxes represent the future tax consequences expected to occur when the reported amounts of assets and liabilities are
82
recovered or paid. The provision for income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the year. Deferred taxes result from the difference between financial and tax basis of our assets and liabilities and are adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax laws when such changes are enacted. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized.
In determining whether an uncertain tax position exists, the Company determines, based solely on its technical merits, whether the tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, and if so, a tax benefit is measured on a cumulative probability basis that is more likely than not to be realized upon the ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits through interest expense and income tax expense, respectively.
Foreign Currency
Transactions with customers that are denominated in foreign currencies are recorded using the appropriate exchange rates from throughout the year. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are remeasured at the balance sheet dates using the closing rates of exchange between those foreign currencies and the functional currency with any transaction gains or losses reported in other income, net. Our primary exposures to foreign currency exchange rate movements are with our German and U.K. subsidiaries, whose functional currencies are the euro and the British pound sterling. Adjustments resulting from translating financial statements of international subsidiaries are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.
Revenue
Revenue is measured based on the consideration expected to be received in exchange for transferring goods or providing services to a customer and as performance obligations under the terms of the contract are satisfied. Generally, this occurs with the transfer of control of a product to the customer. For transactions where there are multiple performance obligations, individual products and services are accounted for separately if they are distinct (if a product or service is separately identifiable from other items and if a customer can benefit from it on its own or with other resources that are readily available to the customer). The consideration, including any discounts, is allocated between separate products and services based on their stand-alone selling prices. Stand-alone selling prices are determined based on the prices at which the separate products and services are sold and are allocated based on each item’s relative value to the total value of the products and services in the arrangement. For items that are not sold separately, we estimate stand-alone selling prices primarily using the “expected cost plus a margin” approach. Payment terms are generally 30 days in the U.S. and typically longer in many geographic markets outside the U.S. Shipping fees collected are recorded as revenue and the related cost is included in cost of revenue. Revenue, value-added and other taxes collected concurrently with revenue-producing activities are excluded from revenue. Incremental costs of obtaining a contract, that are recoverable, are capitalized and amortized over the period that the related revenue is recognized if greater than one year. We have elected to account for shipping fees paid as a cost of fulfilling the related contract. We have also elected to apply the practical expedient related to the incremental costs of obtaining contracts and recognize those costs as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets is one year or less. These costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Capitalized costs with an amortization period greater than one year were immaterial.
Revenue is generated by two reportable segments: Network Solutions and Services & Support.
Network Solutions Segment - Includes hardware products and software defined next-generation virtualized solutions used in Service Provider or business networks, as well as prior generation products. The majority of the revenue from this segment is from hardware revenue.
Hardware and Software Revenue
Revenue from hardware sales is recognized when control is transferred to the customer, which is generally when the products are shipped. Shipping terms are generally FOB shipping point. Revenue from software license sales is recognized at delivery and transfer of control to the customer. Revenue is recognized net of estimated discounts and rebates using historical trends. Customers are typically invoiced when control is transferred and revenue is recognized. Our products generally include assurance-based warranties of
Services & Support Segment - Includes a complete portfolio of maintenance, network implementation and solutions integration and managed services, which include hosted cloud services and subscription services to complement our Network Solutions segment.
Maintenance Revenue
Our maintenance service periods range from
83
Network Implementation Revenue
The Company recognizes revenue for network implementation, which primarily consists of engineering, execution and enablement services at a point in time when each performance obligation is complete. If we have recognized revenue but have not billed the customer, the right to consideration is recognized as a contract asset that is included in other receivables on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The contract asset is transferred to accounts receivable when the completed performance obligation is invoiced to the customer.
See Notes 2 and 16 for additional information on reportable segments.
Unearned Revenue
Unearned revenue primarily represents customer billings on maintenance service programs and unearned revenue related to multiple element contracts where we still have contractual obligations to our customers. We currently offer maintenance contracts ranging from
Redeemable Non-Controlling Interest
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the non-controlling Adtran Networks stockholders’ equity ownership percentage in Adtran Networks was approximately
As a result of the effectiveness of the DPLTA on January 16, 2023, the Adtran Networks shares, representing the equity interest in Adtran Networks held by holders other than the Company, can be tendered at any time and are, therefore, redeemable and must be classified outside stockholders’ equity. Therefore, the permanent equity noncontrolling interest balance was reclassified to redeemable non-controlling interest (RNCI) on January 16, 2023 and was remeasured to fair value based on the trading market price of the Adtran Networks shares.
Subsequently, the carrying value of the RNCI is adjusted to its maximum redemption value at each reporting date when the maximum redemption value is greater than the initial carrying amount of the RNCI. For the period of time that the DPLTA is in effect, the RNCI will continue to be presented as RNCI outside of stockholders’ equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 15 for additional information on RNCI.
Loss per Share
Loss per common share and loss per common share assuming dilution are based on the weighted average number of common shares and, when dilutive, common equivalent shares outstanding during the year. See Note 18 for additional information.
Loss per common share attributable to ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. - basic and diluted - reflects a $
Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In September 2025, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2025-06, "Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-Use Software," which is intended to modernize the accounting for the costs of internal-use software given the evolution of software development to the incremental and iterative development method. The amendments remove all references to prescriptive and sequential development stages and, instead, require an entity to start capitalizing software costs when management has authorized and committed to funding the software project, and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function intended. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027, and interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an annual reporting period with the amendments to be applied using a prospective, modified or retrospective transition approach. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance on the consolidated financial statements.
84
In November 2024, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2024-03, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses, as amended by ASU 2025-01, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Clarifying the Effective Date, which applies to all public business entities and is intended to enhance disclosures about specific types of expenses included in the expense captions presented on the face of the income statement as well as disclosures about selling expenses. The amendments are effective prospectively in the first annual period beginning after December 15, 2026 and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption and retrospective application are permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that adoption of ASU 2024-03 will have on our disclosures.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2023-09, "Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures", which is intended to enhance the transparency, decision usefulness and effectiveness of income tax disclosures. The amendments in this ASU require a public entity to disclose a tabular tax rate reconciliation, using both percentages and currency, with specific categories. A public entity is also required to provide a qualitative description of the states and local jurisdictions that make up the majority of the effect of the state and local income tax category and the net amount of income taxes paid, disaggregated by federal, state and foreign taxes and also disaggregated by individual jurisdictions. The amendments also remove certain disclosures that are no longer considered cost beneficial. The amendments are effective prospectively for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024, and early adoption and retrospective application are permitted. The Company
There have been no other recently adopted accounting pronouncements that are expected to have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Note 2 - Revenue and Receivables
The following is a description of the principal activities from which revenue is generated by reportable segment:
Network Solutions Segment - Includes hardware and software products that enable a digital future which support the Company's Subscriber, Access and Aggregation, and Optical Networking Solutions.
Services & Support Segment - Includes network design, implementation, maintenance and cloud-hosted services supporting the Company's Subscriber, Access and Aggregation, and Optical Networking Solutions.
Revenue by Category
In addition to operating under two reportable segments, the Company also reports revenue across
Our Subscriber Solutions portfolio is used by Service Providers to terminate their access services infrastructure at the customer premises while providing an immersive and interactive experience for residential, business and wholesale subscribers. This revenue category includes hardware- and software-based products and services. These solutions include fiber termination solutions for residential, business and wholesale subscribers, Wi-Fi access solutions for residential and business subscribers, Ethernet switching and network edge virtualization solutions for business subscribers, and cloud software solutions covering a mix of subscriber types.
Our Access & Aggregation Solutions are solutions that are used by communications Service Providers to connect residential subscribers, business subscribers and mobile radio networks to the Service Providers’ metro network, primarily through fiber-based connectivity. This revenue category includes hardware- and software-based products and services. Our solutions within this category are a mix of fiber access and aggregation platforms, precision network synchronization and timing solutions, and access orchestration solutions that ensure highly reliable and efficient network performance.
Our Optical Networking Solutions are used by communications Service Providers, internet content providers and large-scale enterprises to securely interconnect metro and regional networks over fiber. This revenue category includes hardware- and software-based products and services. Our solutions within this category include open optical terminals, open line systems, optical subsystems and modules, network infrastructure assurance systems, and automation platforms that are used to build high-scale, secure and assured optical networks.
85
The following table disaggregates revenue by reportable segment and revenue category for the year ended December 31, 2025:
(In thousands) |
|
Network Solutions |
|
|
Services & Support |
|
|
Total |
|
|||
Optical Networking Solutions |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Subscriber Solutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Access & Aggregation Solutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
The following table disaggregates revenue by reportable segment and revenue category for the year ended December 31, 2024:
(In thousands) |
|
Network Solutions |
|
|
Services & Support |
|
|
Total |
|
|||
Optical Networking Solutions |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Subscriber Solutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Access & Aggregation Solutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
The following table disaggregates revenue by reportable segment and revenue category for the year ended December 31, 2023:
(In thousands) |
|
Network Solutions |
|
|
Services & Support |
|
|
Total |
|
|||
Optical Networking Solutions |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Subscriber Solutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Access & Aggregation Solutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
The aggregate amount of transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations ("RPO") that have not been satisfied as of December 31, 2025 related to non-cancellable contractual maintenance agreements, non-cancellable contractual SaaS and subscription services, and non-cancellable hardware contracts amounted to $
The following table provides information about accounts receivable, contract assets and unearned revenue from contracts with customers:
(In thousands) |
|
December 31, 2025 |
|
|
December 31, 2024 |
|
||
Accounts receivable |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Contract assets(1) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Unearned revenue |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Non-current unearned revenue |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
(1)
Accounts Receivable
The allowance for credit losses was $
Receivables Purchase Agreement
On July 1, 2024, the Company entered into a receivables purchase agreement (the “Factoring Agreement”) with a third-party financial institution, which accelerates receivable collection and helps to better manage cash flow. Total accounts receivables factored as of the end of December 31, 2025, totaled $
During the years ended, December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company received $
86
On December 19, 2023, the Company entered into a receivables purchase agreement (the “Prior Factoring Agreement”) with a third-party financial institution to replace a prior accounts receivable purchase agreement and to sell, on a revolving basis, undivided interests in the Company’s accounts receivable. The Prior Factoring Agreement provided for up to $
Contract Assets
Unearned Revenue
Of the outstanding unearned revenue balances as of December 31, 2024, $
Note 3 – Stock-Based Compensation
2024 Stock Incentive Plans
At the annual meeting of stockholders held on May 8, 2024, the Company’s stockholders approved, upon recommendation of the Board of Directors, the adoption of the ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. 2024 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (“2024 Employee Plan”) and the ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. 2024 Directors Stock Plan (“2024 Directors Plan”).
Under the 2024 Employee Plan, the Company is authorized to issue
Under the 2024 Directors Plan, the Company is authorized to issue
As of December 31, 2025,
For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, stock-based compensation expense was $
87
The following table summarizes stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, PSUs, RSUs and restricted stock for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023:
(In thousands) |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|||
Stock-based compensation expense included in cost of revenue |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Research and development expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Stock-based compensation expense included in operating expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Tax benefit for expense associated with stock based compensation |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Total stock-based compensation expense, net of tax |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
PSUs, RSUs and Restricted stock
The following table summarizes the activity related to our PSUs, RSUs and restricted stock for the year ended December 31, 2025:
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Weighted |
|
||
Unvested PSUs, RSUs and restricted stock outstanding, December 31, 2024 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
||
PSUs, RSUs and restricted stock granted |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
||
PSUs, RSUs and restricted stock vested |
|
|
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
PSUs, RSUs and restricted stock forfeited |
|
|
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
Unvested PSUs, RSUs and restricted stock outstanding, December 31, 2025 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
||
The fair value of PSUs with performance conditions, RSUs and restricted stock is equal to the closing price of the Company's stock on the date of grant. The fair value of PSUs with market conditions is calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation valuation method.
The following table details the significant assumptions that impact the fair value estimate of the market-based PSUs:
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|||
Estimated fair value per share |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Expected volatility |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|||
Risk-free interest rate |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|||
Expected dividend yield |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|||
For market-based PSUs, the number of shares of common stock earned by a recipient is subject to a market condition based on Adtran’s relative total stockholder return against all companies in the NASDAQ Telecommunications Index at the end of a
The fair value of RSUs and restricted stock is equal to the closing price of our stock on the grant date. RSUs and restricted stock vest ratably over
We will continue to assess the assumptions and methodologies used to calculate the estimated fair value of stock-based compensation. If circumstances change, and additional data becomes available over time, we may change our assumptions and methodologies, which may materially impact our fair value determination.
As of December 31, 2025, total unrecognized compensation expense related to the non-vested portion of market-based PSUs, RSUs and restricted stock was approximately $
88
Stock Options
The following table summarizes the activity related to our stock options for the year ended December 31, 2025:
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
Weighted Average |
|
|
Aggregate |
|
||||
Stock options outstanding, December 31, 2024 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
||||
Stock options exercised |
|
|
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Stock options forfeited |
|
|
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Stock options expired |
|
|
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Stock options outstanding, December 31, 2025 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
||||
Stock options exercisable, December 31, 2025 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
||||
As of December 31, 2025, there was $
The determination of the fair value of stock options was estimated using the Monte Carlo method and is affected by the historical volatility of its stock price, as well as assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables that may have a significant impact on the fair value estimate. The stock option pricing model requires the use of several assumptions that impact the fair value estimate. These variables include, but are not limited to, the volatility of the Company's stock price and employee exercise behaviors.
All of the options were previously issued at exercise prices that approximated fair market value at the date of grant.
The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the Company's closing stock price on the last trading day of the quarter and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2025. The amount of aggregate intrinsic value was $
The following table further describes our stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2025:
|
|
Options Outstanding |
|
|
Options Exercisable |
|
||||||||||||||
Range of |
|
Options |
|
|
Weighted Average |
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
Options |
|
|
Weighted |
|
|||||
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|||||
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|||||
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|||||
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The Black-Scholes option pricing model (the “Black-Scholes Model”) is used to determine the estimated fair value of stock option awards on the date of grant. The Black-Scholes Model requires the input of certain assumptions that involve judgment. Because our stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, existing models may not provide reliable measures of fair value of our stock options. The stock option pricing model requires the use of several assumptions that impact the fair value estimate. These variables include, but are not limited to, the volatility of our stock price and employee exercise behaviors.
The stock option pricing model requires the use of several assumptions that impact the fair value estimate. These variables include, but are not limited to, the volatility of our stock price and employee exercise behaviors.
89
Note 4 – Investments
The Company’s cash equivalents and investments held at fair value are categorized into this hierarchy as follows:
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2025 Using |
|
|||||||||||||
(In thousands) |
Classification |
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Quoted Prices |
|
|
Significant |
|
|
Significant Unobservable Inputs |
|
||||
Cash equivalents |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Money market funds |
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
||
Marketable equity securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Marketable equity securities - various industries |
Long-term investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
||
Deferred compensation plan assets |
Short-term investments - deferred compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
||
Total |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
||
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2024 Using |
|
|||||||||||||
(In thousands) |
Classification |
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Quoted Prices |
|
|
Significant |
|
|
Significant Unobservable Inputs |
|
||||
Cash equivalents |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Money market funds |
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
||
Marketable equity securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Marketable equity securities - various industries |
Long-term investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
||
Deferred compensation plan assets |
Long-term investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
||
Total |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
||
Market prices are obtained from a variety of industry standard data providers, large financial institutions and other third-party sources. These multiple market prices are used as inputs into a distribution-curve-based algorithm to determine the daily market value of each security.
U.S. GAAP establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy based upon observable and unobservable inputs for fair value measurement of financial instruments:
Note 5 – Inventory
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, inventory, net was comprised of the following:
(In thousands) |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Raw materials |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Work in process |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Finished goods |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total Inventory, net |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Inventory reserves are established for estimated excess and obsolete inventory equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and the estimated net realizable value of the inventory based on estimated reserve percentages, which consider historical usage, known trends, inventory age and market conditions.
90
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the company recorded an inventory write-down of $
Note 6 – Property, Plant and Equipment, net
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, property, plant and equipment, net was comprised of the following:
(In thousands) |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Engineering and other equipment |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Building |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Computer hardware and software |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Building and land improvements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Furniture and fixtures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Land |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total Property, Plant and Equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Less: accumulated depreciation |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Total Property, Plant and Equipment, net |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Long-lived assets used in operations are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by the asset are less than the asset’s carrying value. During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024,
Depreciation expense was $
Assets Held For Sale
On December 31, 2025, the Company determined that it continues to meet the held for sale criteria pursuant to ASC 360, "Impairment and Disposal of Long-Live Assets" on a portion of the Company's property located at its Huntsville, Alabama campus and ceased recording depreciation on the assets. The Company continues to assess the probability that the sale of its headquarters in Huntsville will occur and has determined it is probable of occurring in the next
The total carrying value of assets held for sale was $
Note 7 – Leases
We have operating leases for office space, automobiles and various other equipment in the U.S. and in certain international locations. As of December 31, 2025, our operating leases had remaining lease terms of
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
||
(In thousands) |
|
Classification |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Operating lease assets |
|
Other non-current assets |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Total lease asset |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Current operating lease liability |
|
Accrued expenses and other liabilities |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Non-current lease obligations |
|
Non-current lease obligations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total lease liability |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Lease expense related to short-term leases was approximately $
91
The components of lease expense included in the Consolidated Statements of Loss were as follows:
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||||||
(In thousands) |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|||
Cost of revenue |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Research and development expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total operating lease expense |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
As of December 31, 2025, operating lease liabilities by future maturity, included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet were as follows:
(In thousands) |
|
Amount |
|
|
2026 |
|
$ |
|
|
2027 |
|
|
|
|
2028 |
|
|
|
|
2029 |
|
|
|
|
2030 |
|
|
|
|
Thereafter |
|
|
|
|
Total lease payments |
|
$ |
|
|
Less: Interest |
|
|
( |
) |
Present value of lease liabilities |
|
$ |
|
|
Future operating lease payments include $
An incremental borrowing rate is used based on information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The incremental borrowing rate is determined on a portfolio basis by grouping leases with similar terms, as well as grouping leases based on a U.S. dollar or euro functional currency.
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
|||||
Weighted average remaining lease term (years) |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Operating leases with USD functional currency |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Operating leases with EUR functional currency |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Weighted average discount rate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Operating leases with USD functional currency |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
||
Operating leases with EUR functional currency |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
||
Note 8 – Goodwill
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 are as follows:
(In thousands) |
|
Network Solutions |
|
|
Services & Support |
|
|
Total |
|
|||
As of December 31, 2023 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Goodwill impairment |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
As of December 31, 2024 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
As of December 31, 2025 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
The Company’s annual impairment test date was October 1, 2025. Based on our analysis, management concluded that there was no impairment of goodwill as of that date. Between the annual impairment date of October 1, 2025 and year-end December 31, 2025, there were no triggering events.
92
During the first quarter of 2024, qualitative factors such as a decrease in the Company’s market capitalization, lower service provider spending and delayed holding patterns of inventory with respect to customers caused us to reduce our forecasts, triggering a quantitative impairment assessment for our reporting units. The Company determined the fair value of each reporting unit using a combination of an income approach and a market approach. The significant inputs and assumptions used in the determination of the fair value of our reporting units, based on future cash flows for the reporting units, requires significant judgment and the use of estimates and assumptions related to revenue growth rates, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") margins, discount rate, peer group determination, revenue and EBITDA market multiple. The Company determined upon its quantitative impairment assessment to recognize a $
The gross amount of accumulated goodwill impairment losses as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 total $
Note 9 – Intangible Assets, net
Intangible assets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|||||||||||||||||||
(In thousands) |
Weighted Average Useful Life |
|
|
Gross Value |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Net Value |
|
|
Gross Value |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Net Value |
|
|||||||
Customer relationships |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|||||
Backlog |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
||||
Developed technology |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|||||
Licensed technology |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|||||
Licensing agreements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|||||
Trade names |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|||||
Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. During the first quarter of 2024, qualitative factors such as a decrease in the Company’s market capitalization, cautious service provider spending due to economic uncertainty and continued customer inventory adjustments triggered a quantitative reassessment of our estimated future undiscounted cash flows for the Network Solutions asset group. The significant inputs and assumptions used in the determination of the cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group, requires significant judgment and the use of estimates and assumptions related to revenue growth rates, EBITDA margins, peer group determination, and disposition exit multiple. The Company determined that our estimated future undiscounted cash flows exceeded the carrying value of our asset groups.
During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company acquired $
Amortization expense was $
As of December 31, 2025, estimated future amortization expense of intangible assets was as follows:
|
|
As of |
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
December 31, 2025 |
|
|
2026 |
|
$ |
|
|
2027 |
|
|
|
|
2028 |
|
|
|
|
2029 |
|
|
|
|
2030 |
|
|
|
|
Thereafter |
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
Note 10 – Credit Agreement
The carrying amounts of the Company's revolving credit agreement in its Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:
93
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
|||||
(In thousands) |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Wells Fargo credit agreement |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Total non-current revolving credit facility |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the estimated fair value of our revolving credit agreement, approximates the carrying value. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the weighted average interest rate on our revolving credit agreement was
Revolving Credit Agreement
On July 18, 2022, ADTRAN, Inc., as the borrower ("U.S. Borrower"), and the Company entered into a credit agreement with a syndicate of banks, including Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent (“Administrative Agent”), and the other lenders named therein (the “Original Credit Agreement”), as amended by the First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated August 9, 2023 (“Amendment No. 1”), the Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated January 16, 2024 (“Amendment No. 2”), the Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated March 12, 2024 (“Amendment No. 3”), the Fourth Amendment to Credit Amendment, dated June 4, 2024 among Adtran Networks (the "German Borrower") and the parties set forth above ("Amendment No. 4") and the Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement and Waiver, dated May 6, 2025, among the German Borrower and the parties set forth above (“Amendment No. 5”; the Original Credit Agreement as amended by Amendment No. 1, Amendment No. 2. Amendment No. 3, Amendment No. 4 and Amendment No. 5, the “Existing Credit Agreement”).
On September 16, 2025, the U.S. Borrower, the German Borrower, and the lenders party thereto, including the Administrative Agent, entered into the Sixth Amendment and Consent to Credit Agreement, dated September 16, 2025 (“Amendment No. 6”; the Existing Credit Agreement as amended by Amendment No. 6, the “Amended Credit Agreement”). Amendment No. 6, among other things, (i) provides for a consent from the lenders to the issuance by the Company of new unsecured convertible indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $
As of December 31, 2025, the Amended Credit Agreement provided for a secured revolving credit facility of up to $
As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s borrowings under the revolving line of credit were $
Moreover, the Amended Credit Agreement provides for a sublimit under the existing $
All U.S. borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement bear interest at a rate tied to the Base Rate (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) or SOFR, at the Company’s option, and all E.U. borrowings bear interest at a rate tied to the Euro Interbank Offered Rate as administered by the European Money Markets Institute (or a comparable or successor administrator approved by the Administrative Agent), in each case plus applicable margins which vary based on the consolidated net leverage ratio of the Company and its subsidiaries as determined pursuant to the terms of the Amended Credit Agreement. Default interest is
94
The Company made certain representations and warranties to the lenders in the Amended Credit Agreement that are customary for credit arrangements of this type. The Company also agreed to maintain a Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio of
The Amended Credit Agreement also contains customary events of default, such as misrepresentation and a default in the performance or observance of any covenant (subject to customary cure periods and materiality thresholds). Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default, the Administrative Agent is entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of all amounts due under the Amended Credit Agreement.
All obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement (including under the Subline) are guaranteed by the U.S. Borrower and certain subsidiaries of the U.S. Borrower (“Full Facility Guarantors”). To secure such guarantees, the U.S. Borrower and the Full Facility Guarantors have granted security interests in favor of the Administrative Agent over substantially all of their tangible and intangible assets, and the U.S. Borrower has granted mortgages in favor of the Administrative Agent over certain owned real estate assets. Certain of the German Borrower's subsidiaries (the “Subline Guarantors”) have also provided a guarantee solely of the obligations in respect of the Subline. Furthermore, to secure such guarantees, the German Borrower and the Subline Guarantors have granted security interests in favor of the Administrative Agent over substantially all of their tangible and intangible assets. Upon repayment in full and termination of the Subline, the guarantees by the Subline Guarantors and the liens granted by the German Borrower and the Subline Guarantors to secure obligations under the Subline will be released.
Note 11 – Convertible Senior Notes and Capped Calls
The outstanding principal and carrying value of the convertible senior notes were as follows:
|
|
As of |
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
December 31, 2025 |
|
|
Convertible senior notes |
|
$ |
|
|
Less: unamortized debt issuance costs |
|
|
( |
) |
Non-current convertible senior notes, net of debt issuance costs |
|
$ |
|
|
The estimated fair value of the 2030 Notes was $
The effective interest rate of the 2030 Notes over their expected life is
|
|
For the Year Ended |
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
December 31, 2025 |
|
|
Contractual interest |
|
$ |
|
|
Amortization of issuance costs |
|
|
|
|
Total interest expense |
|
$ |
|
|
On September 19, 2025, the Company issued $
95
change” (as defined in the Indenture) occur, then the conversion rate will, in certain circumstances, be increased for a specified period of time.
The 2030 Notes are convertible at the option of the holders of the 2030 Notes before June 15, 2030, only under the following circumstances: (1) during any calendar quarter (and only during such calendar quarter) commencing after the calendar quarter ending on December 31, 2025, if the last reported sale price per share of the Company’s common stock exceeds
The 2030 Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part (subject to certain limitations described below), at the Company’s option at any time, and from time to time, on or after September 20, 2028 and on or before the 46th scheduled trading day immediately before the maturity date, but only if (i) the Notes are “Freely Tradable” (as defined in the Indenture) as of the date the Company sends the related redemption notice, and all accrued and unpaid additional interest, if any, has been paid in full as of the most recent interest payment date occurring on or before the date the Company sends the related redemption notice; and (ii) the last reported sale price per share of the Company’s common stock exceeds
If certain corporate events that constitute a “fundamental change” (as defined in the Indenture) occur, then, subject to a limited exception for certain cash mergers, noteholders may require the Company to repurchase their Notes at a cash repurchase price equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date. The definition of “fundamental change” includes certain business combination transactions involving the Company and certain de-listing events with respect to the Company’s common stock.
Capped Calls
In connection with the pricing of the 2030 Notes and the exercise of the initial purchasers’ option to purchase additional 2030 Notes, the Company entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions with one of the initial purchasers of the 2030 Notes or its affiliate and certain other financial institutions pursuant to capped call confirmations (collectively, the “Capped Calls”). The premiums paid for the purchases of the Capped Calls were approximately $
The Capped Calls are generally expected to reduce potential dilution to the Company’s common stock and/or offset any cash payments that the Company is required to make in excess of the principal amount of any converted 2030 Notes, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap, based on the cap price of the Capped Calls.
The Capped Calls are separate transactions and are not part of the terms of the 2030 Notes. The Capped Calls do not meet the criteria for separate accounting as a derivative as they are indexed to the Company's stock and meet the requirements to be classified in equity and, as such, are not remeasured each reporting period. The premiums paid for the Capped Calls were included as a net reduction to additional paid-in capital within stockholders’ equity during the year ended December 31, 2025.
Note 12 – Income Taxes
The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 are as follows:
96
(In thousands) |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|||
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Federal |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
||
State |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
International |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Deferred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Federal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
State |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
||
International |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Total Deferred |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total Income Tax Expense |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
As further described in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, the Company has elected to prospectively adopt the guidance in ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Taxes Disclosures, or ASU 2023-09.
(In thousands) |
|
2025 |
|
|
Federal |
|
$ |
( |
) |
State |
|
|
|
|
International |
|
|
|
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
|
|
India |
|
|
|
|
Poland |
|
|
|
|
Germany |
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
Total cash paid for income taxes, (net of refunds) |
|
$ |
|
|
During the years ended, December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company paid cash for income taxes, net of refunds, of $
97
The following table is a reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory rate of
|
2025 |
|
|||||
|
Amount |
|
|
Percentage |
|
||
United States statutory tax rate |
$ |
( |
) |
|
|
% |
|
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax effect (1) |
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Foreign tax effects: |
|
|
|
|
|
||
Germany |
|
|
|
|
|
||
Change in valuation allowance |
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Foreign rate differential |
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Trade tax |
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Adjustment of NOL deferred tax assets |
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Adjustment of deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Tax rate change |
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
India |
|
|
|
|
|
||
Withholding tax |
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
|
|
|
||
Audit assessment |
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Other foreign jurisdictions |
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Effect of cross-border tax laws: |
|
|
|
|
|
||
Gross GILTI inclusion |
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Subpart F income |
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Tax credits: |
|
|
|
|
|
||
R&D credit |
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Changes in valuation allowances |
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Nontaxable or nondeductible items: |
|
|
|
|
|
||
Section 162(m) limitation |
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Other |
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Other adjustments: |
|
|
|
|
|
||
Transfer pricing |
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Effective Tax Rate |
$ |
|
|
|
- |
% |
|
(1)
98
The following table is a reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Tax provision computed at the federal statutory rate |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
||
State income tax provision, net of federal benefit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Federal research credits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Foreign taxes |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Tax-exempt income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Change in valuation allowance |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Foreign tax credits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Withholding taxes |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Adtran Networks tax exempt income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Return to accrual |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Global intangible low-taxed income ("GILTI") |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Adtran Networks Goodwill Impairment |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Other, net |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Effective Tax Rate |
|
|
( |
)% |
|
|
( |
)% |
Loss before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 is as follows:
(In thousands) |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|||
U.S. entities |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
International entities |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Total |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
Loss before income taxes for international entities reflects loss based on statutory transfer pricing agreements. This amount does not correlate to consolidated international revenue, which occurs in our U.S. entity.
99
Deferred income taxes on the Consolidated Balance Sheets result from temporary differences between the amount of assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting and tax purposes. The significant components of current and non-current deferred taxes as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 consist of the following:
(In thousands) |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Deferred tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Inventory |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Accrued expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Deferred compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Uncertain tax positions related to state taxes and related interest |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Pensions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Foreign losses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
State losses and credit carry-forwards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Federal loss and research carry-forwards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Lease liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Capitalized research and development expenditures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Interest expense limitation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Valuation allowance |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Total Deferred Tax Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Property, plant and equipment |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Intellectual property |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Right of use lease assets |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Investments |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Net Deferred Tax Liabilities |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, non-current deferred taxes reflected deferred taxes on net unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investments and deferred taxes on unrealized losses in our pension plan. The net change in non-current deferred taxes associated with these items, which resulted in a deferred tax benefit of $
The Company continually reviews the adequacy of our valuation allowance and recognizes the benefits of deferred tax assets only as the reassessment indicates that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes. Due to the decrease in revenue and profitability in 2023 and 2024 and all other positive and negative objective evidence considered as part of our analysis, our ability to consider other subjective evidence such as projections for future growth continues to be limited when evaluating whether our deferred tax assets will be realized. As such, the Company maintains its conclusion from 2024 that it is not more likely than not that our domestic deferred tax assets will be realized and a valuation allowance against certain domestic deferred tax assets remains through 2025. Additional valuation allowance was recorded against certain deferred tax assets on our foreign entities as not more likely than not realizable in the fourth quarter of 2024 and remains through 2025. The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be adjusted in future periods in the event sufficient evidence is present to support a conclusion that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of our deferred tax assets will be realized.
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had gross deferred tax assets totaling $
100
Supplemental balance sheet information related to deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows:
|
|
December 31, 2025 |
|
|||||||||
(In thousands) |
|
Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities) |
|
|
Valuation Allowance |
|
|
Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities), net |
|
|||
Domestic |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
||
International |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
|
|
December 31, 2024 |
|
|||||||||
(In thousands) |
|
Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities) |
|
|
Valuation Allowance |
|
|
Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities), net |
|
|||
Domestic |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
||
International |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the deferred tax assets for foreign and domestic loss carry-forwards, research and development tax credits, unamortized research and development costs and state credit carry-forwards totaled $
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, our cash and cash equivalents were $
During 2025, 2024 and 2023,
The change in the unrecognized income tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were as follows:
(In thousands) |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|||
Balance at beginning of period |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Increases for tax position related to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Prior years |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Current year |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Decreases for tax positions related to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Prior years |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Expiration of applicable statute of limitations |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
Balance at end of period |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
101
As of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, our total liability for unrecognized tax benefits was $
We do not anticipate a single tax position generating a significant increase or decrease in our liability for unrecognized tax benefits within 12 months of this reporting date. We file income tax returns in the U.S. for federal and various state jurisdictions and several foreign jurisdictions. The Company's 2023 tax return is currently under audit by the Internal Revenue Service. Generally, we are not subject to changes in income taxes by any taxing jurisdiction for the years prior to 2019.
Note 13 – Employee Benefit Plans
Pension Benefit Plan
We maintain defined benefit pension plans covering employees in certain foreign countries. Pension benefit plan obligations are based on various assumptions used by our actuaries in calculating these amounts. These assumptions include discount rates, compensation rate increases, expected return on plan assets, retirement rates and mortality rates. Actual results that differ from the assumptions and changes in assumptions could affect future expenses and obligations. Details regarding the pension plans are set forth below.
102
The pension benefit plan obligations and funded status as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, were as follows:
(In thousands) |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
||
Change in projected benefit obligation: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of period |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
||
Service cost |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Interest cost |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Actuarial gain - experience |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
Actuarial (gain) loss - assumptions |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit payments |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
Plan amendments |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Participant contributions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Effects of foreign currency exchange rate changes |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
Projected benefit obligation at end of period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Change in plan assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Actual gain on plan assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Contributions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Benefit payments |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
Effects of foreign currency exchange rate changes |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at end of period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Unfunded status at end of period |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
The accumulated benefit obligation was $
The net amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for the unfunded pension liability as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows:
(In thousands) |
|
Balance Sheet Location |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Non-current pension asset |
|
Other non-current assets |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Current pension liability |
|
Accrued wages and benefits |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Non-current pension liability |
|
Non-current pension liability |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Total |
|
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
The components of net periodic pension cost, other than the service cost component, are included in other income, net in the Consolidated Statements of Loss. The components of net periodic pension cost and amounts recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were as follows:
(In thousands) |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|||
Net periodic benefit cost: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Service cost |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Interest cost |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Expected return on plan assets |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Amortization of actuarial losses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Net periodic benefit cost |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Net actuarial (gain) loss |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Amortization of actuarial gains (losses) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Amount recognized in other comprehensive (income) loss |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
103
The amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows:
(In thousands) |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Net actuarial gain (loss) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
The defined benefit pension plans are accounted for on an actuarial basis, which requires the use of various assumptions, including an expected rate of return on plan assets and a discount rate. The expected return on our plan's assets is utilized in determining the benefit obligation and net periodic benefit cost is derived from periodic studies, which include a review of asset allocation strategies, anticipated future long-term performance of individual asset classes, risks using standard deviations and correlations of returns among the asset classes that comprise the plans' asset mix. While the studies give appropriate consideration to recent plan performance and historical returns, the assumptions are primarily long-term, prospective rates of return. The discount rate has been derived from the returns of high-quality, corporate bonds denominated in euro currency with durations close to the duration of our pension obligations.
The weighted-average assumptions that were used to determine the net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were as follows:
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|||
Discount rate |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|||
Rate of compensation increase |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|||
Expected long-term rates of return |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|||
The weighted-average assumptions that were used to determine the benefit obligation as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
||
Discount rate |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
||
Rate of compensation increase |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
||
Actuarial gains and losses are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income. To the extent unamortized gains and losses exceed
The Company anticipates making approximately $
The following pension benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid to participants:
(In thousands) |
|
|
|
|
2026 |
|
$ |
|
|
2027 |
|
|
|
|
2028 |
|
|
|
|
2029 |
|
|
|
|
2030 |
|
|
|
|
2031 - 2035 |
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
U.S. GAAP establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy based upon observable and unobservable inputs for fair value measurement of financial instruments:
104
We have categorized our cash equivalents and our investments held at fair value into this hierarchy as follows:
|
|
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2025 Using |
|
|||||||||||||
(In thousands) |
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Quoted Prices |
|
|
Significant |
|
|
Significant |
|
||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
||
Available-for-sale securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Bond funds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|||
Equity funds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|||
Other funds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|||
Real estate funds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Available-for-sale securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||||
|
|
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2024 Using |
|
|||||||||||||
(In thousands) |
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Quoted Prices |
|
|
Significant |
|
|
Significant |
|
||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
||
Available-for-sale securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Bond funds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|||
Equity funds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|||
Other funds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|||
Real estate funds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Available-for-sale securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||||
Our investment policy includes various guidelines and procedures designed to ensure assets are invested in a manner necessary to meet expected future benefits earned by participants and consider a broad range of economic conditions. The objectives of the target allocations are to maintain investment portfolios that diversify risk through prudent asset allocation parameters, achieve asset returns that meet or exceed the plans’ actuarial assumptions and achieve asset returns that are competitive with like institutions employing similar investment strategies.
The investment policy is periodically reviewed by the Company and a designated third-party fiduciary for investment matters. The policy is established and administered in a manner that is compliant at all times with applicable government regulations.
401(k) Savings Plans
We maintain the Adtran, Inc. 401(k) Retirement plan and the Adtran Networks 401(k) Retirement Plan (the “Savings Plans”) for the benefit of eligible employees. The Savings Plans are intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and is intended to be a “safe harbor” 401(k) plan under Code Section 401(k)(12). The Savings Plans allows employees to save for retirement by contributing part of their compensation to the plan on a tax-deferred basis. The Savings Plans also requires us to contribute a “safe harbor” amount each year. In our legacy ADTRAN, Inc. plan, we match up to
105
In June 2024, the Company identified that within our Adtran, Inc. 401(k) plan for the year ended December 31, 2023, that deferrals and matching contributions should have been applied to vested equity award amounts in accordance with the plan documents. As such, we filed a voluntary correction program (“VCP”) application with the IRS and the Company is still in negotiations with the IRS regarding the appropriate corrective actions for this failure. Nonetheless, based on the current facts and circumstances surrounding the VCP negotiations, it appears likely that any corrective action to be approved by the IRS are reasonably estimated to total $
Deferred Compensation Plans
We have maintained
The Deferred Compensation Plan was offered as a supplement to our tax-qualified 401(k) plan and was available to certain executive management employees who have been designated by our Board of Directors. The Equity Deferral Program allowed participants to elect to defer all or a portion of their vested PSUs and RSUs to the plan. Such deferrals continue to be held and deemed to be invested in shares of Adtran stock unless and until the amounts are distributed or such deferrals are moved to another deemed investment pursuant to an election made by the participant.
The Company has set aside the plan assets for all plans in a rabbi trust (the “Trust”) and all contributions are credited to bookkeeping accounts for the participants. The Trust assets are subject to the claims of our creditors in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency. The assets of the Trust are deemed to be invested in pre-approved mutual funds as directed by each participant and the participant’s bookkeeping account is credited with the earnings and losses attributable to those investments.
(In thousands) |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Fair Value of Plan Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Short term investments - deferred compensation plans |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
Long-term investments |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fair Value of Plan Assets |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Amounts Payable to Plan Participants |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Deferred compensation liability |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
Non-current deferred compensation liability |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
Total Amounts Payable to Plan Participants |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
106
Because the plans have been terminated and all assets will be liquidated or distributed to the plan participants within one year, the plan assets and liabilities have been reclassified to short-term as of December 31, 2025.
The Trust held $
Interest and dividend income of the Trust are included in interest and dividend income in the accompanying 2025, 2024 and 2023 Consolidated Statements of Loss. Changes in the fair value of the plan assets held by the Trust have been included in other income, net in the accompanying 2025, 2024 and 2022 Consolidated Statements of Loss. Changes in the fair value of the deferred compensation liability are included as selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying 2025, 2024 and 2023 Consolidated Statements of Loss. Based on the changes in the total fair value of the Trust’s assets, the Company recorded deferred compensation income in 2025, 2024 and 2023 of $
Note 14 – Equity
The following table presents changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, by components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023:
(In thousands) |
|
Unrealized |
|
|
Defined |
|
|
Foreign |
|
|
ASU 2018-02 Adoption (1) |
|
|
Total |
|
|||||
Balance as of December 31, 2022 |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|||
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Net current period other comprehensive income (loss) |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|||
Less: Other comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interest, net of tax |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Balance as of December 31, 2023 |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Net current period other comprehensive income (loss) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Balance as of December 31, 2024 |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||||
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Net current period other comprehensive income |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|||
Balance as of December 31, 2025 |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||||
(1)
107
The following tables present the details of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023:
(In thousands) |
|
For the year ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|||||||||
Details about Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|
Affected Line Item in the |
|||
Unrealized gains (loss) on available-for-sale securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Net realized (loss) gain on sales of securities |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
Net investment gain |
|
Defined benefit plan adjustments – actuarial gain (loss) |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Other (expense) income |
||
Total reclassifications for the period, before tax |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
Tax expense |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total reclassifications for the period, net of tax |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
|
|
The following tables present the tax effects related to the change in each component of other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023:
|
|
2025 |
|
|||||||||
(In thousands) |
|
Before-Tax |
|
|
Tax |
|
|
Net-of-Tax |
|
|||
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Reclassification adjustment for amounts related to available-for-sale investments included in net loss |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Defined benefit plan adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Reclassification adjustment for amounts related to defined benefit plan adjustments included in net income |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Total Other Comprehensive Income |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
|
|
2024 |
|
|||||||||
(In thousands) |
|
Before-Tax |
|
|
Tax |
|
|
Net-of-Tax |
|
|||
Unrealized (loss) gains on available-for-sale securities |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
Reclassification adjustment for amounts related to available-for-sale investments included in net income (loss) |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
||
Defined benefit plan adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Reclassification adjustment for amounts related to defined benefit plan adjustments included in net (loss) income |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Total Other Comprehensive Loss |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
|
|
2023 |
|
|||||||||
(In thousands) |
|
Before-Tax |
|
|
Tax |
|
|
Net-of-Tax |
|
|||
Unrealized gains (loss) on available-for-sale securities |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
||
Reclassification adjustment for amounts related to available-for-sale investments included in net (loss) income |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Defined benefit plan adjustments |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Reclassification adjustment for amounts related to defined benefit plan adjustments included in net income (loss) |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Total Other Comprehensive Income |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
108
Note 15 – Redeemable Non-Controlling Interest
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the non-controlling Adtran Networks stockholders’ equity ownership percentage in Adtran Networks was approximately
The following table summarizes the redeemable non-controlling interest activity for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:
|
|
For the year ended December 31, |
|
|
|||||
(In thousands) |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
||
Balance at beginning of period |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
||
Redemption of redeemable non-controlling interests |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
Net income attributable to redeemable non-controlling interests |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Annual recurring compensation earned |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
Balance at end of period |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
||
Annual Recurring Compensation payable on untendered outstanding shares under the DPLTA must be recognized as it is accrued. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, we accrued $
Note 16 – Segment Information and Major Customers
The chief operating decision maker is the Company's Chief Executive Officer who regularly reviews the Company’s financial performance based on
The Network Solutions segment includes hardware and software products that enable a digital future which support the Company's Subscriber, Access and Aggregation, and Optical Networking Solutions. The Company's cloud-managed Wi-Fi gateways, virtualization software, and switches provide a mix of wired and wireless connectivity at the customer premises. In addition, its Carrier Ethernet products support a variety of applications at the network edge ranging from mobile backhaul to connecting enterprise customers (“Subscriber Solutions"). The Company's portfolio includes products for multi-gigabit service delivery over fiber or alternative media to homes and businesses.
The Services & Support segment offers a comprehensive portfolio of network design, implementation, maintenance and cloud-hosted services supporting its Subscriber, Access and Aggregation, and Optical Networking Solutions. These services assist operators in the deployment of multi-vendor networks while reducing their cost to maintain these networks. The cloud-hosted services include a suite of SaaS applications under the Company's Mosaic One platform that manages end-to-end network and service optimization for both fiber access infrastructure and mesh Wi-Fi connectivity. The Company backs these services with a global support organization that offers on-site and off-site support services with varying SLAs.
The performance of these segments is evaluated based on revenue, gross profit and gross margin; therefore, selling, general and administrative expenses, research and development expenses, interest and dividend income, interest expense, net investment gain, other (expense) income, net and income tax expense are reported on a Company-wide basis only. There is no inter-segment revenue. Asset information by reportable segment is not produced and, therefore, is not reported.
Revenue and Gross Profit
The following table presents information about revenue and gross profit of our reportable segments for each of the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023:
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(In thousands) |
|
Revenue |
|
|
Cost of Revenue |
|
|
Gross Profit |
|
|
Revenue |
|
|
Cost of Revenue |
|
|
Gross Profit |
|
|
Revenue |
|
|
Cost of Revenue |
|
|
Gross Profit |
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Network Solutions |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||||||||
Services & Support |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||||||||
109
For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, $
Revenue by Category
In addition to operating under two reportable segments, the Company also reports revenue across
Our Subscriber Solutions portfolio is used by Service Providers to terminate their access services infrastructure at customers' premises while providing an immersive and interactive experience for residential, business and wholesale subscribers. This revenue category includes hardware and software based products and services. These solutions include fiber termination solutions for residential, business and wholesale subscribers, Wi-Fi access solutions for residential and business subscribers, Ethernet switching and network edge virtualization solutions for business subscribers, and cloud software solutions covering a mix of subscriber types.
Our Access & Aggregation Solutions are solutions that are used by communications Service Providers to connect residential subscribers, business subscribers and mobile radio networks to the Service Providers’ metro network, primarily through fiber-based connectivity. This revenue category includes hardware and software based products and services. Our solutions within this category are a mix of fiber access and aggregation platforms, precision network synchronization and timing solutions, and access orchestration solutions that ensure highly reliable and efficient network performance.
Our Optical Networking Solutions are used by communications Service Providers, internet content providers and large-scale enterprises to securely interconnect metro and regional networks over fiber. This revenue category includes hardware and software based products and services. Our solutions within this category include open optical terminals, open line systems, optical subsystems and modules, network infrastructure assurance systems, and automation platforms that are used to build high-scale, secure and assured optical networks.
The following tables disaggregate our revenue by category for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023:
|
|
2025 |
|
|||||||||
(In thousands) |
|
Network Solutions |
|
|
Services & Support |
|
|
Total |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Optical Networking Solutions |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Subscriber Solutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Access & Aggregation Solutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
|
|
2024 |
|
|||||||||
(In thousands) |
|
Network Solutions |
|
|
Services & Support |
|
|
Total |
|
|||
Optical Networking Solutions |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Subscriber Solutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Access & Aggregation Solutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
|
|
2023 |
|
|||||||||
(In thousands) |
|
Network Solutions |
|
|
Services & Support |
|
|
Total |
|
|||
Optical Networking Solutions |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Subscriber Solutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Access & Aggregation Solutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
110
Additional Information
The following table presents revenue information by geographic area for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023:
(In thousands) |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|||
United States |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
United Kingdom |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Germany |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Other international |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Customers comprising more than 10% of revenue can change from year to year. The Company had
As of December 31, 2025, property, plant and equipment, net totaled $
Note 17 – Commitments and Contingencies
Legal Matters
From time to time, the Company is subject to or otherwise involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations and legal proceedings that arise out of or are incidental to the conduct of our business (collectively, “Legal Matters”), including those relating to employment matters, patent rights, regulatory compliance matters, stockholder claims, and contractual and other commercial disputes. Such Legal Matters, even if not meritorious, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. Additionally, an unfavorable outcome in a legal matter, including in a patent dispute, could require the Company to pay damages, entitle claimants to other relief, such as royalties, or could prevent the Company from selling some of its products in certain jurisdictions. The Company records an accrual for any Legal Matters that arise whenever it considers that it is probable that it is exposed to a loss contingency and the amount of the loss contingency can be reasonably estimated. Although the ultimate disposition of asserted claims cannot be predicted with certainty, it is our belief that the outcome of any such claims, either individually or on a combined basis, will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position.
As disclosed in Amendment No. 1 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, filed with the SEC on May 20, 2025, we identified errors in our previously issued financial statements related to the historical accounting for certain inventory and cost of goods sold transactions (“Adjustment”). The affected periods included the annual periods ended December 31, 2023 and 2024 and the interim periods ended March 31, 2024, June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2024. In connection with the identification of the Adjustment, the Audit Committee oversaw an internal investigation into the circumstances surrounding the Adjustment and its impact on the Company’s historical financial statements. Based on the findings of the internal investigation, it was determined that the underlying errors giving rise to the Adjustment were not properly addressed in the Company’s previously filed financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 and were not communicated to the Audit Committee or the independent auditors prior to the filing of the initial Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024. The Company has taken certain remedial actions to address the material weaknesses in its internal controls associated with these findings. On August 4, 2025, the Company received a letter from the Atlanta regional office of the SEC in connection with a non-public, fact-finding inquiry, requesting that we voluntarily provide information regarding the internal investigation. The Company is cooperating in response to the SEC’s inquiry and cannot predict the timing or outcome of the inquiry.
111
DPLTA Appraisal Proceedings
In addition to such Legal Matters, the Company is a party to appraisal proceedings relating to the DPLTA which were originally filed with the Landgericht Meiningen (Meiningen Regional Court) on February 3, 2023. The DPLTA provides that Adtran Networks shareholders (other than the Company) be offered, at their election, (i) to put their Adtran Networks shares to the Company in exchange for compensation in cash of €
DPLTA Exit and Recurring Compensation Costs and the Absorption of Adtran Network's Annual Net Loss
Pursuant to the terms of the DPLTA, each Adtran Networks shareholder (other than the Company) has received an offer to elect either (1) to remain an Adtran Networks shareholder and receive from us an Annual Recurring Compensation payment, or (2) to receive Exit Compensation plus guaranteed interest. The guaranteed interest under the Exit Compensation is calculated from the effective date of the DPLTA to the date the shares are tendered, less any Annual Recurring Compensation paid. The guaranteed interest rate is
Our obligation to pay Annual Recurring Compensation under the DPLTA is a continuing payment obligation, which will amount to approximately €
For the year ended December 31, 2025,
In addition, under the DPLTA, subject to certain limitations pursuant to applicable law and the specific terms of the DPLTA, (i) the Company is entitled to issue binding instructions to the management board of Adtran Networks, (ii) Adtran Networks will transfer its annual profit to the Company, subject to, among other things, the creation or dissolution of certain reserves, and (iii) the Company will absorb the annual net loss incurred by Adtran Networks. The Company’s payment obligation in satisfaction of the requirement that it
112
absorb Adtran Networks’ annual net loss applies to the net loss generated by Adtran Networks in 2025, and it will apply to any net loss generated by Adtran Networks in 2026.
Performance Bonds
Certain contracts, customers and jurisdictions in which the Company operates require us to provide various guarantees of performance such as bid bonds, performance bonds and customs bonds. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company had commitments related to these bonds totaling $
Purchase Obligations
The Company purchases components from a variety of suppliers and use contract manufacturers to provide manufacturing services for our products. Our inventory purchase obligations are for short-term product manufacturing requirements, as well as for obligations to suppliers to secure manufacturing capacity. Certain of our inventory purchase obligations with contract manufacturers and suppliers relate to arrangements to secure supply and pricing for certain product components for multi-year periods. As of December 31, 2025, purchase obligations totaled $
Note 18 – Loss per Share
The calculations of basic and diluted loss per share for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 are as follows:
(In thousands, except for per share amounts) |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|||
Numerator |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Net loss attributable to ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
Effect of redemption of RNCI |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
||
Net loss attributable to ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. common stockholders |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
Denominator |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Weighted average number of shares – basic |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Effect of dilutive securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Stock options |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
PSUs, RSUs and restricted stock |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Weighted average number of shares – diluted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Loss per share attributable to ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. – basic |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
Loss per share attributable to ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. – diluted |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
The following potentially dilutive shares were excluded from the calculation of the diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding as the effect would have been anti-dilutive:
(In thousands) |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|||
Convertible senior notes |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Stock options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
PSUs, RSUs and restricted stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Note 19 – Restructuring
On November 6, 2023, due to the uncertainty around the then-current macroeconomic environment and its impact on customer spending levels, the Company’s management decided to implement a Business Efficiency Program targeting the reduction of ongoing operating expenses and focusing on capital efficiency. This included certain salary reductions, an early retirement program, a site consolidation plan to include lease impairments, inventory write downs from product discontinuances, and the suspension of the quarterly dividend. The Business Efficiency Program was completed as of December 31, 2024.
During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, we recognized $
113
For the year ended December 31, 2023, we recognized $
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending restructuring liability, which is included in accrued wages and benefits and accrued expenses and other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, is as follows:
(In thousands) |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Balance at beginning of period |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Plus: Amounts charged to cost and expense |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Less: Amounts paid |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Balance at end of period |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Restructuring expenses included in the Consolidated Statements of Loss are for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023:
(In thousands) |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|||
Network solutions - cost of revenue |
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Network solutions - inventory write-down |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Services & support - cost of revenue |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Cost of revenue |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Research and development expenses |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total restructuring expenses |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
The following table represents the components of restructuring expense by geographic area for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023:
(In thousands) |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|||
United States |
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
International |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total restructuring expenses |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Note 20 – Subsequent Events
U.S. Tariff Update
On February 20, 2026, the United States Supreme Court issued a ruling striking down certain tariffs previously imposed under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act ("IEEPA"). The ultimate availability, timing, and amount of any potential refunds of such tariffs remain highly uncertain and are subject to further legal, regulatory, and administrative developments. Following the Supreme Court’s decision, the U.S. presidential administration announced its intention to invoke other laws to collect tariffs and announced new tariffs on imports from all countries, in addition to any existing non-IEEPA tariffs. There remains substantial uncertainty regarding the duration of existing and newly announced tariffs, potential changes or pauses to such tariffs, tariff levels, and whether additional tariffs or other retaliatory actions may be imposed, modified, or suspended, and the impacts of such actions on the Company's business. The Company continues to monitor and evaluate these developments and assess their potential impact on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.
114
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms promulgated by the SEC, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
As of the end of the period covered by this report, an evaluation was carried out by management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) under the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that due to the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting described below, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2025.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management of ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. (“Adtran”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Adtran’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Adtran’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of Adtran’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO") in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework” (2013).
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
Management determined the following material weaknesses existed as of December 31, 2025:
The material weaknesses resulted in the restatements and revisions to our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023, and 2024, as well as the condensed consolidated financial statements for the quarterly and year-to-date periods ended September 30, 2022, March 31, 2023, June 30, 2023, September 30, 2023, March 31, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2024. The material weaknesses also resulted in material adjustments that were corrected prior to the issuance of the condensed consolidated
115
financial statements for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2025. Additionally, these material weaknesses could result in misstatements of Adtran’s accounts or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.
Because of these material weaknesses, management has concluded that Adtran did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025.
The effectiveness of Adtran's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears in Part II, Item 8 of this report.
Remediation of Previously Identified Material Weaknesses
As previously reported in our 2024 Form 10-K/A, management identified the following material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, which have been remediated as of December 31, 2025:
Following the identification of the material weaknesses and continuing throughout the year ended December 31, 2025, management executed its remediation plan through the following actions:
As a result of the actions taken above, management has determined that the controls were effectively designed and demonstrated effective operation for a sufficient period of time to enable the Company to conclude that these material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting have been remediated as of December 31, 2025.
Management’s On-Going Remediation Efforts
As previously reported in our 2024 Form 10-K/A, management identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, two of which continue to exist as of December 31, 2025, as disclosed above. Management has made and continues to make progress towards remediating these material weaknesses. Remediation of the material weaknesses and strengthening our internal control environment is a top priority.
To remediate the material weaknesses in Adtran’s internal control over financial reporting related to the risks of material misstatement and financial statement preparation, presentation and disclosure of transactions, including non-controlling interest, Adtran completed the following activities during the second half of 2025:
116
Adtran’s management believes that the continued operation of the activities outlined above in subsequent reporting periods will be effective in remediating such material weaknesses. The material weaknesses cannot be considered remediated until the applicable controls have operated for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded that, through testing, these controls are operating effectively.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The fourth quarter remediation activities described above are the only changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2025 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
(a) None.
(b) Dr.
Other than as disclosed above, during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2025, none of the Company’s directors or executive officers
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
None.
117
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which applies to all employees, officers and directors of Adtran. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics meets the requirements of a "code of ethics" as defined by Item 406 of Regulation S-K, and applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer (who is both our principal financial and principal accounting officer), as well as all other employees, as indicated above. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics also meets the requirements of a code of conduct under NASDAQ listing standards. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is posted on our website at www.adtran.com under the links "About – Investor Relations – Corporate Governance – Charters and Documents." We intend to disclose any amendments to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, as well as any waivers for executive officers or directors, on our website at www.adtran.com. The information found on our website is not incorporated by reference in this report or any other report that we file or furnish to the SEC.
Certain information required by this Item regarding Adtran’s executive officers is included in Part I of this report under the caption “Information about our Executive Officers” in accordance with the Instructions to Item 401 of Regulation S-K.
Other information required by this Item is incorporated by reference pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K from Adtran’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “2026 Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A.
Insider Trading Policy
We have
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K from the 2026 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A.
118
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The following table provides information about our common stock that may be issued under all of our existing equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2025, including the 2015 Employee Plan and the 2020 Employee Plan (collectively, the “Prior Plans”), the 2024 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (“2024 Employee Plan”) and the 2024 Directors Stock Plan (“2024 Directors Plan”) (collectively, the “Plans”). Each of the Plans has been approved by our stockholders.
(In thousands) |
|
Number of |
|
|
Weighted average |
|
|
Number of securities |
|
|||
Plan Category |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders |
|
|
2,012 |
|
|
$ |
8.86 |
|
|
|
4,733 |
|
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Total |
|
|
2,012 |
|
|
$ |
8.86 |
|
|
|
4,733 |
|
(1) Excludes 0.4 million of target PSUs and 1.5 million of time-based RSUs outstanding under our 2024 Employee Plan. The outstanding stock options have a weighted average remaining term of 4.8 years.
(2) Represents 4.2 million shares of common stock available for future issuance pursuant to the 2024 Employee Plan and 0.5 million shares of common stock available for future issuance pursuant to the 2024 Directors Plan. Following the stockholders’ approval of the 2024 Employee Plan and the 2024 Directors Plan were approved by the stockholders, we are no longer making any future grants under the Prior Plans, but certain shares underlying awards that are forfeited, cancelled or terminated under the Prior Plans will again be available for issuance under the 2024 Employee Plan and the 2024 Directors Plan, as applicable.
The other information required by this Item is incorporated by reference pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K from the 2026 Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K from the 2026 Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K from the 2026 Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A.
119
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
Documents Filed as Part of This Report.
1. Consolidated Financial Statements
The consolidated financial statements of Adtran and the report of independent registered public accounting firm thereon are set forth under Part II, Item 8 of this report.
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024
Consolidated Statements of Loss for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
2. Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
3. Exhibits
The following exhibits are filed with or incorporated by reference in this report. Where such filing is made by incorporation by reference to a previously filed registration statement or report, such registration statement or report is identified in parentheses. We will furnish any exhibit upon request to: ADTRAN Holdings, Inc., Attn: Investor Relations, 901 Explorer Boulevard, Huntsville, Alabama 35806. There is a charge of $0.50 per page to cover expenses for copying and mailing.
Effective as of July 8 2022, ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. became the successor to ADTRAN, Inc. Any reference to "ADTRAN, Inc." in these exhibits should be read as "ADTRAN Holdings, Inc." as set forth in the Exhibit List below.
Furthermore, effective June 8, 2023, ADVA Optical Networking SE (“ADVA”), a subsidiary of ADTRAN Holdings, Inc., changed its name to Adtran Networks SE. By operation of law, any reference to ADVA Optical Networking SE in these exhibits should be read as Adtran Networks SE as set forth in the Exhibit List below.
Exhibit Number |
|
Description |
||
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
Business Combination Agreement, dated August 30, 2021, by and among ADTRAN Holdings, Inc., Acorn HoldCo, Inc., Acorn MergeCo, Inc. and Adtran Networks SE (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed August 30, 2021) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed July 8, 2022) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed October 24, 2023) |
||
|
|
|
||
4.1 |
|
Description of Securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 3, 2025) |
||
|
|
|
||
4.2 |
|
Indenture, dated as of September 19, 2025, between ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed September 22, 2025) |
||
|
|
|
||
4.3 |
|
Form of certificate representing the 3.75% convertible senior notes due 2030 (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.2, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed September 22, 2025) |
||
120
|
|
|
|
|
10.1 |
|
|
|
Management Contracts and Compensatory Plans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. 2015 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed May 15, 2015) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Summary of Terms of Assumed Options (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form S-8 filed July 11, 2022) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c)* |
|
ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. Deferred Compensation Program for Employees, as amended and restated, effective as of July 15, 2022 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(d)* |
|
ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. Deferred Compensation Program for Directors, as amended and restated, effective as of July 15, 2022 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(e)* |
|
ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. Equity Deferral Program for Employees, as amended and restated, effective as of July 15, 2022 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(f)* |
|
ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. Equity Deferral Program for Directors, as amended and restated, effective as of July 15, 2022 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(g) |
|
Amended and Restated ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. 2020 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(t) to the Company's Form 10-K filed March 1, 2023) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(h) |
|
Form of Notice Letter with respect to RSU and PSU awards under the ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. 2020 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 (ae) to the Company's Form 10-K filed February 26, 2021) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i) |
|
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under the ADTRAN, Inc. 2020 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed December 5, 2023) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(j) |
|
Form of Market-Based Performance Stock Unit Agreement under the ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. 2020 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q filed May 6, 2021) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(k) |
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. 2020 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 10-Q filed May 6, 2021) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(l) |
|
ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. 2024 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 9, 2024) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(m) |
|
ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. 2024 Directors Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 9, 2024) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(n) |
|
Form of Market-Based Performance Stock Unit Agreement under the ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. 2024 Employee Stock Incentive Plan incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(y) to the Company's Form 10-K filed March 3, 2025) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(o) |
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. 2024 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(z) to the Company's Form 10-K/A filed May 20, 2025) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(p) |
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for CEO under the ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. 2024 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 10-Q filed on August 5, 2025) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(q) |
|
Form of Market-Based Performance Stock Unit Agreement for CEO under the ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. 2024 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed August 5, 2025) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(r) |
|
Form of Performance Share Agreement for CEO under the ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. 2024 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Form 10-Q filed August 5, 2025) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(s) |
|
Form of Adtran Sales Incentive Compensation Program – General Terms (participants include James D. Wilson) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3(ad) to the Company’s Form 10-K filed February 26, 2021) |
121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(t) |
|
Amended and Restated Variable Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed January 26, 2023) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(u) |
|
Form of 2025 Variable Incentive Compensation Plan Award Letter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(u) to the Company's Form 10-K filed March 3, 2025) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(v)* |
|
Form of 2026 Variable Incentive Compensation Plan Award Letter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(w)(i) |
|
Employment Agreement, dated July 13, 2022, by and between Thomas R. Stanton and ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed July 15, 2022) (“CEO Employment Agreement”) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(w)(ii) |
|
First Amendment to the CEO Employment Agreement dated March 29, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed April 3, 2023). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(x)(i) |
|
Employment Agreement, dated January 28, 2015, and Amendment Nos. 1-9, by and between Adtran Networks SE and Ulrich Dopfer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed March 30, 2023) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(x)(ii) |
|
Eighth Amendment, dated May 26, 2023 including Exhibit 1 thereto, to the Employment Agreement by and between Adtran Networks SE and Ulrich Dopfer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed June 1, 2023) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(x)(iii) |
|
Ninth Amendment, dated December 4, 2023, to the Employment Agreement by and between Adtran Networks SE and Ulrich Dopfer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed December 5, 2023) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(x)(iv) |
|
Tenth Amendment Employment Agreement, dated August 27, 2024, by and between Adtran Networks SE and Ulrich Dopfer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 8-K filed August 30, 2024) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(x)(v) |
|
Settlement Agreement, dated May 12, 2025, by and between Adtran Networks SE and Ulrich Dopfer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q filed August 5, 2025) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(y)(i) |
|
Service Agreement, dated September 29, 2006 and Amendment Nos. 1-16, by and between Adtran Networks and Christoph Glingener (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed April 3, 2023) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(y)(ii) |
|
Seventeenth Amendment, dated March 28, 2023, to Service Agreement by and between Adtran Networks SE and Christoph Glingener (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed April 3, 2023) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(y)(iii) |
|
Exhibit 1 to the Seventeenth Amendment, dated March 28, 2023 and executed May 31, 2023, to the Service Agreement by and between Adtran Networks SE and Christoph Glingener (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Form 8-K filed June 1, 2023) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(y)(iv) |
|
Eighteenth Amendment, dated December 4, 2023, to the Service Agreement by and between Adtran Networks SE and Christoph Glingener (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed December 5, 2023 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(y)(v) |
|
Nineteenth Amendment to Service Agreement, dated August 27, 2024, by and between Adtran Networks SE and Christoph Glingener (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed August 30, 2024) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(y)(vi) * |
|
Twentieth Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated December 9, 2025, by and between Adtran Networks SE and Christoph Glingener |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(z)
|
|
Offer Letter, dated February 28, 2025, by and between ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. and Timothy Santo (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed March 7, 2025) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(aa) |
|
ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated Clawback Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 8-K filed October 24, 2023) |
|
|
|
||
122
10.2 |
|
Form of Confirmation for Capped Call Transactions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed September 22, 2025) |
||
|
|
|
||
10.3+ |
|
Credit Agreement dated July 18, 2022, by and among ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. and ADTRAN, Inc. as borrowers, in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed July 22, 2022) |
||
|
|
|
||
10.4+ |
|
First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated August 9, 2023, by and between ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Form 10-Q filed August 14, 2023) |
||
|
|
|
||
10.5+ |
|
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement and First Amendment to Collateral Agreement, dated as of January 16, 2024, by and among ADTRAN Holdings, Inc., ADTRAN, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed January 22, 2024) |
||
|
|
|
||
10.6 |
|
Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2024, by and among ADTRAN Holdings, Inc., ADTRAN, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 15, 2024) |
||
|
|
|
||
10.7+ |
|
Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2024, by and among ADTRAN Holdings, Inc., ADTRAN, Inc., Adtran Networks SE, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed June 10, 2024) |
||
|
|
|
||
10.8 |
|
Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement and Waiver, by and between ADTRAN, Inc., Adtran Networks, SE and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, dated May 6, 2025 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 12, 2025) |
||
|
|
|
||
10.9 |
|
Sixth Amendment and Consent to Credit Agreement, dated as of September 16, 2025 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed September 17, 2025) |
||
|
|
|
||
10.10+ |
|
Collateral Agreement dated July 18, 2022, by and among ADTRAN Holdings, Inc., ADTRAN, Inc., and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed July 22, 2022) |
||
|
|
|
||
10.11 |
|
ADVA Domestic Collateral Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2024, by and among ADVA NA Holdings, Inc., Adtran Networks North America, Inc., and Adtran Networks SE, in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's Form 8-K filed June 10, 2024) |
||
|
|
|
||
10.12 |
|
Guaranty Agreement dated July 18, 2022, by and between ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. and ADTRAN, Inc. in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed July 22, 2022) |
||
|
|
|
||
10.13 |
|
ADVA Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2024 by and between ADVA NA Holdings, Inc., Adtran Networks North America, Inc., Adtran Networks (UK) Limited, in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's Form 8-K filed June 10, 2024) |
||
|
|
|
||
10.14 |
|
Domination and Profit and Loss Transfer Agreement between ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. and Adtran Networks SE, dated November 30, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed December 5, 2022) |
||
|
|
|
||
19* |
|
ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. Insider Trading Policy |
||
|
|
|
||
21* |
|
Subsidiaries of Adtran Holdings, Inc. |
||
|
|
|
||
23* |
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
31.1* |
|
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
||
|
|
|
||
31.2* |
|
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
||
123
|
|
|
||
32* |
|
Section 1350 Certifications. |
||
|
|
|
||
97 |
|
ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. Policy for the Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Incentive Based Compensation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed October 24, 2023) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
101 |
|
The following financial statements from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, formatted in inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language (iXBRL): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Loss, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, and (vii) Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts |
||
|
|
|
||
104 |
|
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted in iXBRL and contained in Exhibit 101) |
||
* Furnished or filed herewith, as applicable
+ Schedules and exhibits omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. The Company agrees to furnish a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to the SEC upon request.
Certain identified information has been excluded from these exhibits because it is not material and is the type of information that the Company customarily and actually treats as private and confidential. Redacted information is indicated by [ ] or [***].
124
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
ADTRAN has elected not to provide a summary of the information contained in this report at this time.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on this 26th day of February 2026.
ADTRAN Holdings, Inc. (Registrant) |
||
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Timothy Santo |
|
|
Timothy Santo |
|
|
Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
(Principal Financial Officer and Duly Authorized Officer) |
|
|
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on February 26, 2026.
Signature |
|
Title |
|
|
|
/s/ Thomas R. Stanton |
|
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive Officer) |
Thomas R. Stanton |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Timothy Santo |
|
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) |
Timothy Santo |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ H. Fenwick Huss |
|
Director |
H. Fenwick Huss |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Gregory McCray |
|
Director |
Gregory McCray |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Balan Nair |
|
Director |
Balan Nair |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Jacqueline H. Rice |
|
Director |
Jacqueline H. Rice |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Nikos Theodosopoulos |
|
Director |
Nikos Theodosopoulos |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kathryn A. Walker |
|
Director |
Kathryn A. Walker |
|
|
|
|
|
125
ADTRAN Holdings, Inc.
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(In thousands) |
|
Balance at |
|
|
Charged to |
|
|
Deductions |
|
|
Balance at |
|
||||
Year ended December 31, 2025 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Allowance for Credit Losses |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
||||
Year ended December 31, 2024 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Allowance for Credit Losses |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
||||
Year ended December 31, 2023 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Allowance for Credit Losses |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
||||
126